B ILE Labs

RPG-ILE LABS
NAVIGATION CHART
DAY 1
COMPARISON CHART CHEAT SHEETS
DAY 2
COMPILER DIRECTIVE ADVANCED DATABASE PROCESSING FLAT PHYSICAL FILE EMBEDDED SQL
DAY3
Data Type Conversion
PROCEDURES and MODULES. Bind by COPY and REFERENCE
DAY 4
TESTING
LOGIC CYCLE
FEATURES
OPERATION EXTENDERS BASICS ARRAYS BUILT IN FUNCTIONS DATA AREA DATE TIME PROGRAMMING DATA STRUCTURES SUBFILES STRING OPERATION DISPLAY FILES Indicator data structure
SERVICE PROGRAM BINDER LANGUAGE MISC POINTERS FREE MONITOR
PROJECT
API RLU DATA Q PROGRAMMING ERROR HANDLING* MESSAGING NEW KEYWORDS SIX DAYS BREAKUP
KA and KB indicators ODP
ACTIVATION GROUP VALIDATION
SMALL UTILITY PROJECT (imp PROJECT
!!!)
RPG-ILE LABS
DATABASE PROCESSING
RPG-ILE LABS
SIX DAYS BREAKUP

Day
Coverage
COMPARISON CHART FEATURES CHEAT SHEETS OPERATION EXTENDERS BASICS ARRAYS BUILT IN FUNCTIONS DATE TIME PROGRAMMING DATA STRUCTURES DATA AREA STRING OPERATION VALIDATION SUBFILES API RLU DISPLAY FILES COMPILER DIRECTIVE Data Type Conversion ADVANCED DATABASE PROCESSING ERROR HANDLING ODP PROCEDURES and MODULES. Bind by COPY and REFERENCE SERVICE PROGRAM BINDER LANGUAGE ACTIVATION GROUP DATA Q PROGRAMMING MESSAGING EMBEDDED SQL LOGIC CYCLE MONITOR TESTING POINTERS FREE SMALL UTILITY PROJECT (imp !!!)
Remarks
2 3 4
5 6
Assignments
RPG-ILE LABS
SMALL UTILITY PROJECTS ( Use ILE built in functions where possible. )

1. 2. 3. 4. Utility to accept object name from user and display locations where the sources of the object are present. Compare utility : Compare contents of 2 members of a source physical file and produce a report. Utility to locate all libraries where specified object is present and write the libraries to a physical file. Utility to locate source member and source physical file of the specified object and store it to a database file. Following report should be created :Objec t Nam e PF001 Object Library Src. PF. Src. Member Names PF001 PF001 PFCUST CUSTDATA MPF001 PF002 Source Library
PF002 5.
L1 L2 L3 L4 L11 L22
MySRC SamSRC SamSRC QDBHSRC MySRC EMOSRCDBF
Lib002 Lib003 Lib001 L4 GHOHUBSPH GHOHUBCPH
Utility to display all members of a source PF. User selects a few members. Combine all members and store them to a new member (name specified by user). The data for each member should be easily identifiable. Write a utility to accept member name and type from user and set of libraries to search. After user finishes entering the libraries (or asks you to refer to the library list), search each for presence of that member (search all source physical files in the library) for presence of that member.
6.
7. RPGLE editor : Create a simple multi-Document Editor, which behaves like Notepad. (Notepad /400 ! ) 8. A utility to display all physical and logical files containing XXXX entered by user ( eg. : User enters FSTS as a search string. The utility scans the library list / list of libraries specified by user and displays names and libraies of all Physical files and logical files containing the specified field name.) 9. Utility to display all source physical files present in all libraries in the library list and write the list to a database.
File compilation utility 1.A Physical file P1 may have several logical files (say L1,L2,L3,L4 ) based on it. Programmer makes a change to DDS of the Physical file and updates the PF object using CHGPF. This does not automatically update the LFs sicne they all use old definition. To update all Logical files, you need to compile all of them. This can get quite tedious. Build a utility to automatically determine and compile all the logical files. 2. Write a Utility to read source code of a program (member name will be specified by user) and write it to a spool file after indenting it. Indentation will be provided to IF statements and Do loops. ***
RPG-ILE LABS
1. PROJECTS 1. A new module is to be developed for a bank. The module is for Calculation of interest on Saving A/c. It should allow inputing new customer, and saving any transactions done by the customer. For formula of calculating interest , see EPM.
2.
RPG-ILE LABS
RPG - ILE LABS

LAB : Source Physical file : QRPGLESRC
LAB : Study of new Specs : HFDICOP. Structure and purpose of each. New Spec : CX. F : SPEC :
RPG-ILE LABS
LAB : Data Types in RPGLE.Member type and compilation commands. A B D F G I P S T U Z * : : : : : : : : : : : : Character fixed Binary date Field Floating point Graphics character set Signed Integer Packed Decimal Zoned Field Time field Unsigned Integer Field Timestamp Field Pointer Field : Introduction of RPG programing. Declaring Variables in RPG. DA01 C* S 2P 0 Inz(-1)
LAB
RPG-ILE LABS C C* C A01 DSPLY EVAL *INLR = *ON
DCON1 C CONST('ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ+ D cdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz') C CON1 DSPLY C EVAL *INLR = *ON LAB : RPG Constructs IF, DOW, DO, DOU,LEAVE ,ITER. * Declare a variable.Display a string,float and integer * ===================================================== Djsr S 20A Djsr1 S 20A C EVAL jsr1= 'string1' C EVAL jsr = 'string2' C if jsr1 <> jsr C EVAL jsr1='xx' C endif C jsr1 DSPLY C EVAL *INLR = *ON LAB : DO WHILE * (DEMO OF DO WHILE LOOP) DN S C DOW C EVAL C N IFEQ C ITER C ENDIF C N DSPLY C ENDDO C EVAL Output : 1 3 4 5i 0 N <=4 N=N+1 2
*INLR = *ON
Output :
1 2 3 4 5
LAB : ROUNDING RESULTS OF CALCULATION LOGIC : 1.124 + 0.001 ----1.13 (ROUNDED) 1.12 (NOT ROUNDED) DISPLAY FILE DDS : A A R R1 A A DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) 5 7 9'WITHOUT ROUNDING : ' 9'WITH ROUNDING : '
RPG-ILE LABS A A RPGLE PROGRAM : FDSRND CF E WORKSTN DCRS S 5S 3 INZ(1.121) DRATE S 5S 3 INZ(0.001) DTOTAMT1 S 5S 2 INZ(0) DTOTAMT2 S 5S 2 INZ(0) C DO 5 C EVAL TOTAMT1 = RATE + CRS C* now try with (H) for Rounding. C EVAL(H) TOTAMT2 = RATE + CRS C EVAL DTOTAMT1 = TOTAMT1 C EVAL DTOTAMT2 = TOTAMT2 C EXFMT R1 C EVAL RATE = RATE + 0.001 C ENDDO C SETON DTOTAMT1 DTOTAMT2 5Y 2B 5Y 2B 5 30EDTCDE(Q) 7 30EDTCDE(Q)
LR
LAB
: Interactive Source Debugger
Step 1 : Compile the program with Debugging Views set to *SOURCE. This allows the Debugger to access the source code of the program and display it. Step 2 : Use STRDBG and press F4. *YES. Press Enter. Specify Display Module Source parameter as
Step 3 : The Source code will be displayed. Take the cursor to the line that needs a break point and press F6.
In the Figure above, the break point is set at Line 2. Perss F10 to to exit out and call the LE02 program. It is displayed in the debugger. The control will be at first executable line. Press F10 to step through the code. To Display the current value of a variable : Bring the cursor under the variable and press F11.
RPG-ILE LABS Press F3 to exit Debugger. Issue the ENDSBG command to end the Debug mode.
LAB : LEAVESR
: to leave a Sub routine !
Linkage : RPLEAVE CODE : da s 4s 0 inz(4) d c 'BEfore SR' dsply c ExSR SR001 c 'After SR' Dsply c Eval *inlr = *on c Return c* c SR001 BegSR c 'SR starting' Dsply c if a = 4 c LeaveSR c EndIf C* ---------------------------------------C* The following line never gets executed ! C* ---------------------------------------c 'Ending SR' Dsply c EndSR PF contents : --OUTPUT DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY : BEfore SR SR starting After SR
REMARKS : LeaveSR is to leave the currently executing SR.
LAB : For loop dn1 d d d d c c c c c s 4s 0 inz(0)
n1
For dsply EndFOr Eval Return
n1= 10 DOWNTO 1 *inlr = *on
by 2
10
RPG-ILE LABS If n1 increments : c If n1 decrements : c For n1= 10 DOWNTO 1 by 2 For n1= 1 TO 10 by 2
in both cases the step size is 2.
11
RPG-ILE LABS
Lab : H-SPECS H DATFMT(*YMD) DJSRDT1 C JSRDT1 C S DSPLY SETON D INZ(D'04/12/10') LR
H DATFMT(*YMD) CURSYM('') H* ALT 156 FOR POUND SIGN H* DJSRDT1 S DCIH S C JSRDT1 DSPLY C CIH DSPLY C SETON VALID DATE FORMATS : *iso,mdy,*ymd,*jul,*usa,*jis,*eur VALID TIME FORMATS: *HMS *USA *EUR *JIS
D INZ(D'04/12/10') 7P 2 INZ(120.25) LR
SPECIFYING THE SEPERATOR FOR THE DATE FORMAT : (SEE THE ONLINE HELP - EXCELLENT !) H DATFMT(*DMY-) H* date format is DMY and seperator char is - (dash) DDT1 S D INZ(D'12-12-04') c DT1 DSPLY c SETON LAB : USING OVERLAY FOR DATES DDT1 DDAT1 DDATY DDATM DDATD C C C C C C DS 4 2 2 DT1 DAT1 DATY DATM DATD DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY SETON D
LR
DATFMT(*ISO-) INZ(D'1994-06-16') OVERLAY(DAT1:1) OVERLAY(DAT1:6) OVERLAY(DAT1:9)
LR
LAB : Working with dates HDATFMT(*DMY) ddt1 s c adddur c adddur c adddur c dt1 dsply c* output is 04/07/07 c eval HDATFMT(*DMY) ddt1 8D inz(D'01/04/04') 3:*days dt1 3:*months dt1 3:*Years dt1 *inlr=*on
8D
inz(D'01/04/04')
12
RPG-ILE LABS ddt2 c c c* c dt1 dt2 s adddur dsply eval 8D inz(D'01/03/03') 3:*days dt2 *inlr=*on
EXAMPLE 3 : SUBtract duration HDATFMT(*DMY) ddt1 s ddt2 s c dt1 subdur c dt2 dsply c* Output : 29/03/04 c eval HDATFMT(*DMY) ddt1 s ddt2 s dn s c dt1 adddur c dt2 dsply c* Output : 01/02/04 c dt2 adddur c dt2 dsply c* Output : 03/03/04 c eval HDATFMT(*DMY) dds1 dd dsep1 dm dsep2 dy ddt1 c c d c m c y c LAB : SUBDUR H TIMFMT(*HMS:) DDS1 DSTARTTM DENDTM DH1 DH2 DM1 DM2 DTOTTIME C STARTTM C ENDTM C H1 C H2 C M1 C M2 DS T T 2S 2S 2S 2S T 0 0 0 0 INZ(T'07:00:00') INZ(T'10:21:00') OVERLAY(STARTTM:1) OVERLAY(ENDTM:1) OVERLAY(STARTTM:4) OVERLAY(ENDTM:4) INZ(T'00:00:00') 8D inz(D'01/04/04') 8D inz(D'01/03/03') 3:*days dt2 *inlr=*on
8D inz(D'01/01/04') 8D 2s 0 inz(31) n:*days dt2 n:*days *inlr=*on dt2
ds 2s 0 1a 2s 0 1a 2s 0 8D inz(D'15/02/04') dt1 ds1
s movel dsply dsply dsply eval
*inlr=*on
DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY
13
RPG-ILE LABS C C C C ENDTM TOTTIME SUBDUR SUBDUR DSPLY SETON H1:*H M1:*MN TOTTIME TOTTIME LR
OUTPUT : 03:21:00 LAB : SUBDUR S S S S DSPLY DSPLY SUBDUR SUBDUR DSPLY DSPLY SETON T INZ(T'07:00:00') T INZ(T'10:50:00') 3S 0 3S 0 STARTTM STARTTM H1:*H M1:*MN LR
H TIMFMT(*HMS:) DSTARTTM DENDTM DH1 DM1 C STARTTM C ENDTM C ENDTM C ENDTM C H1 C M1 C OUTPUT : DSPLY 07:00:00 DSPLY 10:50:00 DSPLY 3 DSPLY 230 LAB : SUBDUR H DATFMT(*DMY/) DSTARTDT DENDDT DDAYS C ENDDT C DAYS C OUTPUT : 5 LAB : ADDDUR H DATFMT(*DMY/) DSTARTDT DENDDT DDAYS C STARTDT C ENDDT C OUTPUT 04/01/05 :
S S S
SUBDUR DSPLY SETON
D INZ(D'10/12/04') D INZ(D'15/12/04') 3S 0 STARTDT DAYS:*D LR
S S S
ADDDUR DSPLY SETON
D INZ(D'10/12/04') D 3S 0 INZ(25) DAYS:*D ENDDT LR
LAB : ACCESSING SYSTEM DATE H DATFMT(*DMY/) DENDDT C C ENDDT S D *DATE DATFMT(*DMY) ENDDT
MOVE DSPLY
14
RPG-ILE LABS C SETON LR
OUTPUT : CURRENT SYSTEM DATE LAB : Extracting date,month year fromdate H DATFMT(*ISO) DDT1 DTR C C TR C S S D INZ(D'2004-12-10') 4S 0 INZ(0) DT1:*Y TR *INLR = *ON
EXTRCT DSPLY EVAL
LAB : TEST opcode to test validity of Date, time and Timestamp H DATFMT(*ISO) DDT1 S D INZ(D'2004-12-10') DDT2 S 6S 0 INZ(041312) DTR S 4S 0 INZ(0) C TEST DT1 C* ____________________________ C* If date is not a valid date C* with *ISO format, C* IND 55 is TURNED ON. C* ____________________________ C IF *IN55 = *OFF C 'dt1 valid' DSPLY C ENDIF C* OUTPUT : DT1 VALID C* Repeat this test for C* DT2 C* --------------------C *YMD TEST(D) DT2 C* ----------------------C* This date is not valid. C* ----------------------C IF *IN55 = *OFF C 'DT2 valid' DSPLY C ENDIF C EVAL *INLR = *ON Notes : 1. 2. 3. 4. No need to specify *YMD or any other format in Factor 1, if the variable to be tested is defined as Date/Time. Also OPERATION EXTENDER is not required if the variable to be tested is of TYPE DATE TIME or TIMESTAMP. IF a character or numeric variable is to be tested, specify the format in Factor 1. While testing DT1, the format for date is taken as *ISO. While testing DT2, Format is taken from factor 1 and tested against the contents of DT2. The month specified here is 13, which is not valid for a month value. So indicator 55 is turned ON.
55
55
TESTING VALIDITY OF TIME H TIMFMT(*ISO) DTM1 DTM2 C S S TEST T INZ(T'10.12.14') 6S 0 INZ(101214) TM1
55
15
RPG-ILE LABS C C C C* C* C* C* C C* C* C* C C C c c C IF DSPLY ENDIF OUTPUT : TM1 VALID Repeat this test for TM2 --------------------*HMS TEST(T) ----------------------This TIME is not valid. ----------------------IF 'TM2 valid' DSPLY ENDIF TM1 dsply TM2 dsply EVAL 'TM1 valid' *IN55 = *OFF
TM2
55
*IN55 = *OFF
*INLR = *ON
TESTING VALIDITY OF TIMESTAMP H TIMFMT(*ISO) DTS1 S C TEST C IF C 'TS1 valid' DSPLY C ENDIF C* OUTPUT : TS1 VALID c TS1 dsply C EVAL INZ(Z'2004-12-10-10.12.20.000000') TS1 55 *IN55 = *OFF Z
*INLR = *ON
LAB: Program to calculate days between 2 dates. Program accepts date values into fields with edit code of Y. If a wrong date is unput by the user, control directly enters PSSR. Better approach of accepting dates is previous lab. RPGLe program RPDATE1 : H DATFMT(*DMY) H* PROGRAM TO CALCULATE PENALTY. ISSUES DATE AND RECPT DATE ARE H* ARE ACCEPTED. IF THE RECPT DATE IS 7 DAYS OR LESS, NO PENALTY. H* FOR EVERY ADDITIONAL DAY, PENALTY IS Rs 5/- PER DAY. H* ---------------------------------------------------------------H* FDSPENAL CF E WORKSTN F* DNODATE S 6S 0 INZ(0) DNOTIME S 6S 0 INZ(0) DDELTA S 4S 0 INZ(0) DISDAT S D INZ(D'01/01/01') DRCDAT S D INZ(D'01/01/01') C DOW *IN03 = *OFF C IF *IN03 = *ON C EVAL *INLR = *ON C RETURN C ENDIF C* C MOVE NODATE DISDAT C MOVE NODATE DRCDAT
16
RPG-ILE LABS C EXFMT RDATE C SETOFF C MOVE DISDAT ISDAT C MOVE DRCDAT RCDAT C RCDAT SUBDUR ISDAT DELTA:*D C EVAL DELTA = DELTA - 7 C IF DELTA<0 C EVAL DPENAL = 0 C ITER C ENDIF C* C DELTA MULT 5 DPENAL C GONXT TAG C ENDDO C EVAL *INLR = *ON C RETURN C* --------------------------------------------------C *PSSR BEGSR C SETON C GOTO GONXT C ENDSR Display file listing : DSPENAL A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03) R RDATE DISDAT 77 6 4'ISSUE DATE :' 8 4'RECPT DATE : ' 6Y 0B 6 19EDTWRD(' / / EDTMSK(' & & COLOR(WHT) ERRMSG('INVALID 6Y 0B 8 19EDTWRD(' / / EDTMSK(' & & COLOR(WHT) ERRMSG('INVALID 12 4'PENALTY AMOUNT 4Y 0O 12 23EDTCDE(3) COLOR(RED) 12 29'Rs' 7778
7778
') ') DATA') ') ') DATA') : '
DRCDAT
78 DPENAL
LAB : Loading date values to Physical file : Physical File: PFDATE RPG : RPDATE Display : DSDATE RPDATE Listing : H DATFMT(*DMY) H* PROGRAM LOADS DATA INTO THE PFDATE PF. IT ACCEPTS 2 DATE VALUES H* AND 2 TIME VALUES. THE VALIDATION OF THE VALUES IS DEFAULT BY H* VIRTUE OF THEIR TYPE. NO VALIDATION SPECIFIED IN THE DISPLAY H* FILE. IF WRONG DATA ENTERED, THE CONTROL GOES INTO PSSR. H* CONTROL GOES INTO PSSR DURING A MOVE OPERATION, WHEN DDATE H* IS BEING MOVED INTO DATE FIELD.
17
RPG-ILE LABS H* PSSR CAN DO OUTRAGEOUS THINGS LIKE ENTERING DOW LOOP USING A GOTO H* Program also performs auto generation of CODE value so that next H* record gets a code higher by 1 as comared to the previos rec code. H* ----------------------------------------------------------------FPFDATE UF A E DISK FDSDATE CF E WORKSTN F* DNODATE S 6S 0 INZ(0) DNOTIME S 6S 0 INZ(0) DCD S 4S 0 INZ(0) C EXSR AUTOGENCODE C READ BTIME 44 C DOW *IN03 = *OFF C MOVE NODATE DDATE1 C MOVE NODATE DDATE2 C MOVE NOTIME DTIME1 C MOVE NOTIME DTIME2 C EXFMT RDATE C MOVE DDATE1 DATE1 C MOVE DDATE2 DATE2 C MOVE DTIME1 TIME1 C MOVE DTIME2 TIME2 C ADD 1 CD C Z-ADD CD CODE C WRITE BTIME 77 C UNLOCK PFDATE C END1 TAG C ENDDO C* --------------------------------------------------C EVAL *INLR=*ON C RETURN C AUTOGENCODE BEGSR C *HIVAL SETLL BTIME C READP(N) BTIME 44 C Z-ADD CODE CD C 1 SETLL BTIME C ENDSR C* C *PSSR BEGSR C 'PSSR' DSPLY C DSP_MAJOR DSPLY C DSP_MINOR DSPLY C GOTO END1 C ENDSR Display file DSDATE : A A A A A A A A A A A A A DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03) R RDATE 3 14'BOTH DATES AS FOLLOWS :' COLOR(WHT) DSPATR(UL) 5 14'DATE 1 :' 7 14'DATE 2 :' 10 14'BOTH TIME VALUES AS FOLLOW COLOR(WHT) DSPATR(UL) 12 15'TIME 1 : ' 14 15'TIME 2 : '
18
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A A A A A DDATE1 DDATE2 DTIME1 DTIME2 6Y 0B 5 25EDTWRD(' EDTMSK(' 6Y 0B 7 25EDTWRD(' EDTMSK(' 6Y 0B 12 25EDTWRD(' EDTMSK(' 6Y 0B 14 25EDTWRD(' EDTMSK(' & & : & : & & & : & : & ') ') ') ') ') ') ') ')
Lisiting if PFDATE : A A A A A A R BTIME CODE DATE1 DATE2 TIME1 TIME2 4S 0 L L T T
Only program is that of control goes into PSSR , I cannot say exactly which MOVE operation forced it into the PSSR. This way, you canot tell which field to high light. LAB : Time and Time stamp validation Rpgle listing : RPTIME H TIMFMT(*HMS) H* ------------------------------------------------------FDSTIME CF E WORKSTN DTM1 S T INZ(T'00:00:00') C* DISPLAY TIME DISPLAY FILE AND INPUT TIME FROM THE USER C* CHECK IF THIS TIME IS VALID. C* ------------------------------------------------------C DOW *IN03 = *OFF C MOVE *ZEROS DTIMEFLD C EXFMT RTIME C *HMS TEST(T) DTIMEFLD C IF *IN77 = *ON C EVAL *IN77 = *OFF C 'INCORRECT' DSPLY C ITER C ENDIF C *HMS MOVE DTIMEFLD TM1 C TM1 DSPLY C ENDDO C EVAL *INLR = *ON Display file listing A A A A A A A A A A A DSTIME : DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03) R RTIME 4 8'ENTER A TIME VALUE TO BE T COLOR(BLU) 6 13'===>' COLOR(WHT) 6 19EDTWRD(' : : ') EDTMSK(' & & ') COLOR(WHT) 7 19'hh mm ss'
77
DTIMEFLD
6Y 0B
19
Display file fields RPG-ILE LABS A A LAB : Calculate Time difference H* PROGRAM TO CALCULATE THE TIME DIFFERENCE BETWEEN 2 TIME VALUES. H* -------------------------------------------------------------H* Assumes that Factor 1 tim e value is greater than Factor 2 time H* value. h* -------------------------------------------------------------h* H TIMFMT(*HMS) DT1 s T INZ(T'07:15:30') DT2 S T INz(T'10:10:05') DRslt S T INz(T'00:00:00') DSEC S 10S 0 INZ(0) D* C* C T2 SUBDUR T1 SEC:*S C Rslt Adddur sec:*S Rslt C 'Diff Is : ' DSPLY C Rslt DSPLY C EVAL *INLR = *ON C* Output : 2:54:35 LAB : Read date and time data from PF which stores data as date and time. Create a PF called PFDAT in QGPL. DDS as follows : A* DATE AND TIME PROCESSING A* DATE IS STORED HERE A* -----------------------A R RDATE A BCODE 4S 0 A DISSUE L A DRETURN L A TISSUE T A TRETURN T 7 9'Format :-' COLOR(BLU)
DATFMT(*DMY) DATFMT(*DMY) TIMFMT(*HMS) TIMFMT(*HMS)
STRSQL and F4 : Specify DATFMT as *DMY and press ENTER. Use INSERT SQL stmt to insert some sample values into PFDAT. Create a display file DSDAT with fields : DDISSUE,DDRETURN,DTISSUE, DTRETURN with Y as edit code. (created as +9(8) and then edit code Y is applied). Write following RPDAT program to load the data into RPGLE and display it. H Datfmt(*DMY/) TimFmt(*HMS:) FPFdat If E Disk FDSdat CF E Workstn c Do 1 c Read RDate c DIssue dsply c* DReturn dsply c TIssue dsply c* TReturn dsply c Movel DIssue c Movel DReturn c Movel TIssue c Movel TReturn
DDIssue DDreturn DTIssue DTReturn
// dont use EVAL !
20
RPG-ILE LABS c c c OUTPUT : DSPLY DSPLY Date Time 24/12/05 09:45:00 of issue : of issue : Exfmt EndDo Eval R1 *inlr = *on
24/12/0500 9/45/0000
___ Display file output
LAB : Using Date in IF statement. H Datfmt(*DMY/) TimFmt(*HMS:) FPFdat If E Disk c Do 1 c Read RDate c DIssue dsply c TIssue dsply c If DIssue = d'24/12/05' c '24 DEC 2005' Dsply c Endif c EndDo c Eval *inlr = *on c Return
LAB : PASS DATE TIME BY Reference to a prceodure H* PROGRAM TO CALCULATE THE TIME DIFFERENCE BETWEEN 2 TIME VALUES. H* -------------------------------------------------------------H* Assumes that Factor 1 tim e value is greater than Factor 2 time H* value. h* -------------------------------------------------------------h* H TIMFMT(*HMS) DFind_Difference PR DT1 T DT2 T DRslt T DT1 s T INZ(T'07:15:30') DT2 S T INz(T'10:10:05') DRslt S T INz(T'00:00:00') D* C CAllp Find_Difference(T1:T2:Rslt) C Rslt DSPLY C Eval *inlr = *on C Return C* C* ------------------------------------------------------PFind_Difference B DFind_Difference PI DT1 T DT2 T DRslt T DTempTime S T INZ(T'00:00:00') DSec S 10s 0 inz(0)
21
RPG-ILE LABS C T2 C TempTime C PFind_Difference SUBDUR Adddur MOVE T1 sec:*S TempTime SEC:*S TempTime Rslt
LAB : *NOPASS FOR PASSING OPTIONAL PARAMATERS H* PROGRAM TO CALCULATE THE TIME DIFFERENCE BETWEEN 2 TIME VALUES. H* -------------------------------------------------------------H* Assumes that Factor 1 tim e value is greater than Factor 2 time H* value. h* -------------------------------------------------------------h* H TIMFMT(*HMS) DFind_Difference PR DT1 T DT2 T DRslt T options (*nopass) DT1 s T INZ(T'07:15:30') DT2 S T INz(T'10:10:05') DRslt S T INz(T'00:00:00') D* C CAllp Find_Difference(T1:T2:Rslt) C Rslt DSPLY C CAllp Find_Difference(T1:T2) C Eval *inlr = *on C Return C* C* -----------------------------------------------------PFind_Difference B DFind_Difference PI LAB : Accessing Indidator ARRay dn1 s 4s 0 inz(1) c Dow n1 < 100 c Eval *in(n1) = *off c Eval n1 = n1 + 1 c Enddo c Exsr TestSR c Eval *inlr = *on c Return c* ---------------------------------------c* c TestSR Begsr c Eval *in(45) = *ON c If *in45 = *on c '45 on' Dsply c Endif c Eval *in45 = *off c If *in(45) = *on c '45 on' Dsply c Endif c Endsr OUTPUT : Dsply '45 on'
A short cut method to set off all indicators is :
22
RPG-ILE LABS c c c Eval Eval Return *in(*) = *off *inlr = *on
DT1 DT2 DRslt DTempTime S DSec S C T2 SUBDUR C TempTime Adddur C If C MOVE C Return C Else C 'No param!' Dsply c TempTime Dsply c Endif PFind_Difference E
T T T options(*nopass) T INZ(T'00:00:00') 10s 0 inz(0) T1 SEC:*S sec:*S TempTime %Parms = 3 TempTime Rslt
After one of the parameters is specified as a nopass parameters, the following parameters HAVE to be nopass parameters. NOPASS means OPTIONAL. LAB : Calculate years,months and days between 2 dates : H* PROGRAM TO CALCULATE THE TIME DIFFERENCE BETWEEN 2 date VALUES. H* -------------------------------------------------------------H* Assumes that Factor 1 tim e value is greater than Factor 2 time H* value. h* -------------------------------------------------------------h* H DATFMT(*DMY) DDs001 ds DDys 2s 0 inz(0) DMnt 2s 0 inz(0) DYrs 2s 0 inz(0) DFind_Difference PR DD1 d DD2 d D*--------------------------------------------------DD1 s D INZ(D'10/01/04') DD2 S D INz(D'15/01/04') ddelta s 4s 0 inz(0) D* C CAllp Find_Difference(D1:D2) C Eval *inlr = *on C Return C* ------------------------------------------------------PFind_Difference B DFind_Difference PI DD1 d DD2 d C D2 SUBDUR D1 Yrs:*Y C D1 addDUR Yrs:*Y D1 C D2 SUBDUR D1 Mnt:*M C D1 addDUR Mnt:*M D1 C D2 SUBDUR D1 Dys:*D C* ==================================================== c Ds001 dsply
23
RPG-ILE LABS C PFind_Difference E Return
24
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Built-in functions : %TRIM, %SUBSTR, *LEN, %SIZE %ABS DA01 DA02 C* C C C* C C C* C C C* C S S A01 A02 A02 EVAL DSPLY EVAL DSPLY EVAL DSPLY EVAL 2P 0 Inz(-1) 10P 3 Inz(-14.567) A01 = %ABS(A01) A02 = %ABS(A02) A02 = %ABS(A01 - -2) *INLR = *ON
%TRIM %EDITC DNAME DDATE DTIME DRESULT DMSG DSALARY D* C C C C* C MSG C DATE C TIME C UDATE C* C %SUBSTR DLEN DSTR C C C C C C S S 4S 0 INZ(0) 12A INZ('TEST STRING') LEN=%LEN(STR) STR=%SUBST(STR:2:3) LR S S S S S S EVAL 20A D INZ(D'2003-05-05') T INZ(T'12.12.12') 10A 50A 9P 2 INZ(1000) MSG = 'Annual Salary : ' +%TRIM(%EDITC(Salary*12 :'A': *CURSYM))
DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY EVAL *INLR = *ON
STR LEN STR
DSPLY EVAL DSPLY EVAL DSPLY SETON
OUTPUT : TEST STRING %SIZE DSTR1 DN S S
12
EST
14A INZ('TEST STRING') 4S 0 INZ(0)
25
RPG-ILE LABS C C C C STR1 N DSPLY EVAL DSPLY SETON N=%SIZE(STR1) LR
Output : TEST STRING 14 %EDITC D* Demo of converting Numeric to String. D* -----------------------------------Dsal s 5i 0 inz(4000) Dx s 20a C eval x=%editc(sal:'A') C x dsply C seton LAB : Working on SCAN Opcode and SCAN function Scan will look for occruance of the sSrc string in the sStr string and write the position of nSrc (if found in sStr) to nPos. NPos is zero based so add 1 to nPos. Specify nPos in SubSt() function to get the rest of the characters after nPos. dsStr s dsSrc s dnPos s dsRes s d* c sSrc c c c sRes c* ---------------c* output : xyz mno c* ---------------c c 12a inz('abc xyz mno') 1a inz(' ') 4s 0 inz(0) 12a SCAN Eval Eval Dsply sStr nPos nPos = nPos + 1 sRes = %SubSt(sStr:nPos)
lr
Eval Return
*INLR= *ON
RPGLE program listing : RPSCAN Arguments to %SCAN : First arg : String to be searched Sec Arg : Main string containing the data Third Arg : START POSITION dString1 s 10a inz('abcdefghij') dsrcstr s 1a inz('d') dLoc s 2s 0 inz(0) d* d*----------------------------------------------------c Eval Loc = %Scan(srcstr:String1:1) c 'd loc :' Dsply c Loc Dsply c* c Eval srcstr = 'b'
26
RPG-ILE LABS c c c c* c c c c c 'b loc :' Loc 'x loc :' Loc Eval Dsply Dsply Eval Dsply Eval Dsply Eval Loc = %Scan(srcstr:String1:3)
srcstr = 'x' Loc = %Scan(srcstr:String1:1) *inlr = *on
OUTPUT : DSPLY d loc : DSPLY 4 DSPLY b loc : DSPLY 0 DSPLY x loc : DSPLY 0
27
RPG-ILE LABS
LAB : STRING OPERATIONS : XLATE UPPER CASE TO LOWER CASE DUC DLC DSTRINP DSTROUT C UC:LC C STRINP C STROUT C S S S S XLATE DSPLY DSPLY SETON 26A 26A 7A 7A STRINP INZ('ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ') INZ('abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz') INZ('ASTRIX') STROUT LR
LAB : Special use of CAT Linkage : RPCAT CODE : ds1 ds2 ds3 ds4 c s1 c s1 c s3 c s4 c* output : c* abcd# c* abcd # c PF contents : --OUTPUT #:2 REMARKS : #:2 leaves a gap of 2 positions after d of abcd. : appends # to the 2nd position after abcd. Ei at abcdBB# s s s s cat cat Dsply Dsply 4a 4a 8a 8a '#':0 '#':2 inz('abcd') inz('qrst') s3 s4
Eval
*inlr = *on
28
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : ARRAY DECLARATION *************** Beginning of data ********************************** DAR1 S 4S 0 DIM(5) DN S 4S 0 INZ(1) C N DOWLT 5 C EVAL AR1(N)=N C AR1(N) DSPLY C EVAL N=N+1 C ENDDO C SETON LR OUTPUT : 1 2 3 4 H*PRG FOR PRE RUN TIME ARRAY FPFDEL IT F 25 D ARR1 S C MOVEL C VAR LOOKUP c* C *IN35 IFEQ C 'FOUND' DSPLY C ELSE C 'NOT FND' DSPLY C ENDIF C ARR1(2) DSPLY C ARR1(4) DSPLY C ARR1(12) DSPLY c*data beyond limit C ARR1(14) DSPLY C SETON LAB : COMPILE TIME ARRAY D ARR C C VAR C *IN25 C 'FOUND' C C 'NOT FND ' C C ARR(2) C ARR(4) C ARR(12) C ** JANFEBMARAPRMAYJUN S MOVE LOOKUP IFEQ DSPLY ELSE DSPLY ENDIF DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY SETON 3 'JJL' ARR *ON DIM(12) CTDATA PERRCD(6) VAR 3 25
DISK 25 'one' ARR1 *ON
DIM(16) FROMFILE(PFDEL) PERRCD(1) VAR 25 35
LR
LR
29
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Compile time table LAB : TABLE DTAB01 DTAB02 D$DATE D$YY D$MM D$TEMP D$DD D$SEP D$MON S S S S S S S S S 12A DIM(3) CTDATA ASCEND 12S 0 DIM(12) CTDATA ASCEND 6 2 0 2 0 4 2 1 3 :
** JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC ** 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12
30
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : ALTERNATE TABLE DTAB01 DTAB02 D* ** 01JAN 02FEB 03MAR 04APR 05MAY 06JUN 07JUL 08AUG 09SEP 10OCT 11NOV 12DEC PRE-RUN TIME TABLE H*PROGRAM FOR PRE RUN TIME TABLE F* FTEST33 IF E DISK D TABROL S 3 0 DIM(12) EXTFMT(P) FROMFILE(TEST33) D PERRCD(1) C* C Z-ADD 125 VAR 3 0 C VAR LOOKUP TABROL 25 C *IN25 IFEQ *ON C 'FOUND' DSPLY C ENDIF C SETON LR S S 12A DIM(12) CTDATA PERRCD(2) ASCEND 2S 0 ALT(TAB01) DIM(12)
31
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : INTRODUCTION TO DATA STRUCTURE AND TYPES OF DATA STRUCTURES PSDS D D D D D I* C* C* C* C C* C C C C SDS PGNAM UNAME DATE TIME Main Logic ---- ----*IN03 DOWEQ MOVEL MOVEL MOVE MOVE *OFF PGNAM UNAME DATE TIME DNAME DUNAM DDATE DTIME 1 254 270 282 10 263 275 287
MULTI OCCURANCE DS D JSRDS D SCODE D SROLL D SNAME C 1 C C C 2 C C C C 1 C SNAME C SCODE C SROLL C 2 C SCODE C SROLL C '---' C JSRDS C DS 1 6 11 OCCUR MOVEL Z-ADD OCCUR MOVEL Z-ADD MOVEL OCCUR DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY OCCUR DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY SETON 30 OCCURS(20) 5 10 0 30 JSRDS 'S001' SCODE 1 SROLL JSRDS 'S002' SCODE 2 SROLL 'TRIAL' SNAME JSRDS
JSRDS
LR
DATA AREA DATA STRUCTURE D JSRDTA D BCODE D BNAME C BCODE C BNAME C UDS DSPLY DSPLY SETON
1 5
4 20 LR
FILE INFORMATION DATA STRUCTURE :
32
RPG-ILE LABS FPF001 IF D INFDS1 D FILE D CODE D STATUS D RECORD D ROUTIN C FILE C CODE C STATUS C RECORD C ROUTIN C E DS *FILE *OPCODE *STATUS *RECORD *ROUTINE DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY SETON DISK INFDS(INFDS1)
LR
LAB : INTRODUCTION TO DATA AREAS AND TYPES OF DATA AREAS Infds : FTEST1 IF E FTEST1D UF A E F D STR1 DS D STA *STATUS C READ C Z-ADD C READ C *IN25 DOWEQ C Z-ADD C NUM DSPLY C* C WRITE C READ C ENDDO C SETON C* C *PSSR BEGSR C READ C ENDSR DISK DISK INFDS(STR1) INFSR(*PSSR) 26 25 NUM
PFREC1D 0 PFREC *OFF NUMBER PFREC1D PFREC
VAR
2 0
25 LR
PFREC
25
NOW IF YOU DO A READ, THE DATA IS TAKEN FROM THE PF AND WRITTEN TO THE FIRST OCCURANCE OF DS. AND SO ON LAB : Error Handling a Multi occurance Data structure dNOccur s 4s 0 inz(12) dds001 ds occurs(10) dN1 4s 0 dN2 4s 0 d** d sds dStatus *status d* c* specify impossible occurance c* c NOccur Occur ds001
66
33
RPG-ILE LABS c If *in66 = *on c 'unreachable' dsply c Status Dsply c* c* value of Status will be 122 c* c EndIf C Eval *inlr =*on C Return PASSING A DS AS A PARAMETER (RPG/400)
RPRCV : RECIEVER PROGRAM LISTING : IDS001 I I C C C C C C C C DS *ENTRY NAME CODE PLIST PARM DSPLY DSPLY MOVEL'XML' Z-ADD22 SETON RETRN 1 5 DS001 NAME CODE 40CODE 14 NAME
LR
RPSENDER : CALLING PROGRAM IDS001 I I C C C C C C C C C DS 1 5 Z-ADD12 MOVEL'SAM' CALL 'RPRCV' PARM DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY SETON RETRN CODE NAME DS001 40CODE 14 NAME
'PARENT' NAME CODE
LR
LAB : Demo of OVERLAY and Multi occurance. Linkage : RPOVR. CODE : * _____________________________________________________ * RPOVR. * Demo of overlay and multi occurances of variable being * overlayed. * a is broken into 2 sections identified by b and c * There are 10 instances of a , so there are 10 inst of b and c * * ########## <-- a(1) * -----~~~~~ * b(1) c(1) * _____________________________________________________ dds001 ds da 10a Dim(10)
34
RPG-ILE LABS db dc dcount s dtemp s dabc s c* c Dow c* conv to character c Movel c 'ABC' cat c* ABC01... c Eval c 'xyz' cat c* xyz01... c Eval c a(count) dsply c* ABC01xyz01 ... c Eval c End c Eval PF contents : nil OUTPUT DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY : ABC01xyz01 ABC02xyz02 ABC03xyz03 5a overlay(a) 5a overlay(a:6) 2s 0 inz(1) 5 2 count<4 count abc abc temp
b(count) = temp abc temp c(count) = temp count = count + 1 *inlr = *on
REMARKS : Overlay can access sections of a variable LAB : MULTI OCCURANCE EXTERNALLY DESCRIBED DS CREATE EXTDS : A TYPICAL BCODE, BNAME BPRICE PHYSICAL FILE WITH RECORD SIZE 21 CREATE DDS, COMPILE AND WRITE 5-6 RECORDS TO THE SAME. DECLARING A EXTERNALLY DESCRIBED DS : Prompt type . . . Data Struct Name DS001 FEXTDS IDS001 C C C C C C C C C DS Sequence number . . . Option I DS DS External File Name EXTDS DISK OCUR DS001 READ BM DSPLY OCUR DS001 READ BM DSPLY OCUR DS001 DSPLY SETON 0001.00 Occurs 4 Length 21
Number E IF E EIDSEXTDS 1 DS001 2 DS001 1 DS001
21 55 55
LR
35
RPG-ILE LABS 1 OCCUR DS001 SETS THE FIRST OCCURANCE OF DS AS CURRENT OCCURANCE. LAB : External Data structure DMYDS c c C c c C C C E DS 1 BCODE 3 BCode Eval Occur Dsply Occur Eval Dsply Eval Return EXTNAME(BM001) Occurs(4) Bcode = 1 MyDS MyDS Bcode = 12 *INLR = *ON
LAB : External data structures. DMYDS C C* C C* C 1 BCODE BNAME BPRICE E DS Occur Dsply Dsply Dsply Eval MyDS EXTNAME(BM001) Occurs(4)
*INLR = *ON
LAB : External data structure. FBM001 IF DMYDS D* c 1 c C BCODE C BNAME C BPRICE c 2 c C BCODE C BNAME C BPRICE c 1 C BCODE C BNAME C BPRICE C LAB : E E DS Occur Read Dsply Dsply Dsply Occur Read Dsply Dsply Dsply Occur Dsply Dsply Dsply Eval Disk EXTNAME(BM001) Occurs(90) MyDS BM
MyDS BM
MyDS
// data here is preserved.
*INLR = *ON
36
RPG-ILE LABS
37
RPG-ILE LABS
38
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : LDA Lda : FD002 CF C *IN03 C *DTAARA C C C C C C C C C E DOWEQ DEFINE IN CLEAR MOVE OUT MOVEL EXFMT ENDDO MOVE SETON WORKSTN *OFF *LDA CYNAM 'test st' CYNAM CYNAM DATA *ON
CYNAM CYNAM CYNAM DCYNAM *INLR
10
LR
User defined DATA AREA : FD001 CF C *IN03 C *DTAARA C C C C *IN03 C C C C E DOWEQ DEFINE IN Z-ADD EXFMT IFEQ LEAVE ENDIF ENDDO MOVE WORKSTN *OFF EMPN EMPN DATA *ON EMPN DEMPNO 5 0
*ON
*INLR
LAB : Implementing
a dataarea
Create a dataarea called JSRDTA fo the type *CHAR and length 10. Listing : dDta1 dtemp c *Lock c Dta1 c c c c c c s s IN Dsply Movel Clear movel Out Unlock Eval 10a 10a Dta1 Dta1 'new data' Dta1 Dta1 *inlr = *on dtaara(jsrdta)
temp Dta1 dta1
SIGNIFICANCE OF LOCKING THE DATA AREA : NOTE : If you do not lock the data area during the IN operation, you cannot UPDATE (ie Change) its contents. You can then only read the data area. LAB : Handling a locked data area Listing of CLDTAARA2 :
39
RPG-ILE LABS Pgm ALCOBJ OBJ((QGPL/MYDTA *DTAARA *excl)) WAIT(0) monmsg msgid(CPF1002) exec(goto end1) CHGDTAARA DTAARA(QGPL/MYDTA) VALUE('sec') SNDPGMMSG MSG('hi2!') TOPGMQ(*EXT) MSGTYPE(*INQ) DLCOBJ OBJ((QGPL/MYDTA *DTAARA *excl)) goto end SNDPGMMSG MSG('cannot allocate')
END1: end: Endpgm
LISTING OF CLDTAARA1 : Pgm ALCOBJ OBJ((QGPL/MYDTA *DTAARA *excl)) WAIT(0) monmsg msgid(CPF1002) exec(goto end1) /* cannot alocate since it is already locked. */ CHGDTAARA DTAARA(QGPL/MYDTA) VALUE('FIRST') SNDPGMMSG MSG('hi !') TOPGMQ(*EXT) MSGTYPE(*INQ) DLCOBJ OBJ((QGPL/MYDTA *DTAARA *excl)) goto end SNDPGMMSG MSG('cannot allocate')
END1:
LAB : Opening file under User Control. (UC). FPF001 IF C C C BCODE C E OPEN READ DSPLY SETON DISK PF001 BM USROPN 77 LR
LAB : Ending a program without setting on LR causes files to remain open RPPARENT c c c c* c* c* c* c* c* c* c* c c 'Parent go:' 'Parent Bk' dsply Call Dsply 'RPCHILD'
do a shift + esc notice that the file PFBMAST is not closed although Child has ended Use RCLRSC from command line to close the PFBMAST file Eval Return *inlr = *on
RPCHILD fpfbmast if c c 'child!' c c 44 c c e Read dsply Eval Eval Return disk bm *in44 = *off *inlr = *on 88
40
RPG-ILE LABS Child does not allow the SETON LR to take place. Result is that child returns without Closing the PFBMAST file. This can be confirmed by Shift + Esc and 14 to see open files. LAB : Handling database errors. PSSR, INFSR.INFDS. FTEST1 IF E DISK FTEST1D UF A E DISK INFDS(STR1) F INFSR(*PSSR) D STR1 DS D STA *STATUS C READ PFREC1D 26 C Z-ADD 0 VAR 2 0 C READ PFREC 25 C *IN25 DOWEQ *OFF C Z-ADD NUMBER NUM C NUM DSPLY C* --------------------------------------------------------------------C WRITE PFREC1D C READ PFREC 25 C ENDDO C SETON LR C* --------------------------------------------------------------------C *PSSR BEGSR C READ PFREC 25 C ENDSR C* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
41
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Declaration of sub files. (rest pf the code is same,no need to cover all that ) FDSP1 F CF E WORKSTN SFILE(SFLDATA:RRN)
LAB : Updating file records under Commitment control. Selecting the correct lock type. FPF001 UF C C C BCODE C C C E OPEN READ DSPLY UPDATE CLOSE SETON DISK PF001 BM BM PF001 COMMIT usropn 77
LR
LAB : Database basics : How access is done when you try to get a non-keyed access to a LF which has a K on a certain field. Database files : PFBMK : typical book master file. LFBMK : Typical book master based on pfbmk and keys on BPRICE. Linkage : RPREAD CODE : FLfbmk IF c 5 c c bcode c bprice c c c PF contents : BCODE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 OUTPUT BNAME ACAD C C++ PAS COB AI HISTORY ENGLISH HINDI MARATHI Pascal Cobol C++ RPG CL DB2 ILE : E setll Read dsply dsply Eval Return LFBMK BPRICE 120.00 220.00 320.00 120.00 220.00 430.00 100.00 120.00 90.00 75.00 120.00 220.00 420.00 2,420.00 420.00 520.00 220.00 Disk bm bm
*inlr=*on
42
RPG-ILE LABS 5 220.00 REMARKS : Even if it is a keyed file, here we access it in sequential fashion. SETLL has 5 in factor 1. This gives access to the 5th from top record. The records are not even arranged in asc order of BPRICE. LAB : Access LFBMK in keyed fashion. Linkage : RPREAD1 CODE : FLfbmk IF E k Disk dsrc s 7p 2 inz(320) c src setll bm c Read bm c bcode dsply c bprice dsply c Eval src = 90 c* c* SETLL starts searching from the top of the Database file. c* Record with BPRICE=90 comes way before rec with BPRICE=320 c src setll bm c Read bm c bcode dsply c bprice dsply c Eval *inlr=*on c Return PF contents : Same as prev lab. OUTPUT DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY REMARKS : SETLL starts searching from the top. LAB : Too less and too large values to setll. Linkage : RPREAD2 CODE : FLfbmk dsrc D* IF E s k Disk 7p 2 inz(20) : 3 32000 9 9000
43
RPG-ILE LABS c* Too less. No rec c* c src c *in44 c *in45 c *in46 c c c bcode c bprice c c* c* Too large value. c* c src c *in44 c *in45 c *in46 c c c bcode c bprice c c PF contents : Same as prev. OUTPUT DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY REMARKS : 0 0 0 10 7500 1 0 0 10 7500 : at the first record. too high a value. still at the first record. has bprice = 20. The least value=75. setll dsply dsply dsply Setoff Read dsply dsply Eval bm 444546
bm src = 3000
444546
No record has bprice = 3000.Largest val is 2,400 setll dsply dsply dsply Setoff Read dsply dsply Eval Return bm 444546
bm *inlr=*on
444546
44
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Behavior of SETLL.
Linkage : RPREAD2 CODE : FLfbmk IF E dsrc s D* c src c *in44 c *in45 c *in46 c c c* Too less. No rec c* c src c *in44 c *in45 c *in46 c c c bcode c bprice c c* c* Too large value. c* c src c *in44 c *in45 c *in46 c c c bcode c bprice c c PF contents : k Disk 7p 2 inz(420) setll bm dsply dsply dsply Setoff Eval src=20 has bprice = 20. The least value=75. setll dsply dsply dsply Setoff Read dsply dsply Eval bm 444546
444546
444546
444546 bm src = 3000
No record has bprice = 3000 setll dsply dsply dsply Setoff Read dsply dsply Eval Return bm 444546
444546 bm *inlr=*on
OUTPUT DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY
: 0 0 1 0 0 0 10 7500 1 0 0
10 7500
REMARKS :
45
RPG-ILE LABS
To start with, 420 is passed as search argument to setll. SETLL finds an exact match so the file pointer is positioned to that record and EQ indicator is set on (*in46 = *ON) . So we get 0 0 1 as the output. Next we put 20 as factor-one to setll. There is no record with this value of bprice. The rec with the least bprice value is 75 which is the first record. Hence file pointer is positioned to the first record and this is read. No indicator is changed.SETLL does not complain. So output : 0 0 0 10 75
Next we put 3000 as factor 1 argument to SETLL which is too high. The rec with largest BPRICE value is 2,400. Hence file pointer is not moved at all and HI indicator is set on. Hence Output : 1 0 0 10 75
46
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Working on CHAIN, READE Linkage : RPREAD3 CODE : FLfbmk IF dsrc D* c src c c BCode c BPrice c src c c c PF contents : The contents are re-ordered in ascending order of bprice. Thus the file will NOT be read in the followign order. BCODE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 OUTPUT DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY REMARKS : First CHAIN locates the first record from top. Remaining records with same bprice can be located using READE. BNAME ACAD C C++ PAS COB AI HISTORY ENGLISH HINDI MARATHI Pascal Cobol C++ RPG CL DB2 ILE : 1 12000 4 12000 8 12000 11 12000 BPRICE 120.00 220.00 320.00 120.00 220.00 430.00 100.00 120.00 90.00 75.00 120.00 220.00 420.00 2,420.00 420.00 520.00 220.00 E s chain Dow dsply dsply ReadE EndDo Eval Return k Disk 7p 2 inz(120) bm Not %EOF bm *inlr=*on
47
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Single page subfile KEYED access to LFBMK LFBMK : Logical file. Linkage : RPLFBMK, DSLFBMK. CODE : DSLFBMK : A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) PAGEUP(25) PAGEDOWN(26) SFL 10COLOR(WHT) 21COLOR(WHT) 49EDTWRD(' . ') COLOR(WHT) 61'Rs' SFLCTL(SFLDT) CA03(03) SFLDSP SFLDSPCTL SFLCLR SFLSIZ(0005) SFLPAG(0004) 23'Book Master Record' COLOR(WHT) 10'Code' COLOR(WHT) 28'Name' COLOR(WHT) 53'Price' COLOR(WHT)
R SFLDT DCODE DNAME DPRICE R SFLCTL 50 51 52
4 20 7
0B B 2B
5 5 5 5
1 3 3 3
RPSFLK : F* FLfbmk IF E Fdslfbmk CF E drrn s D* C* c Exsr c ExSR c Dow c ExSR c ExSR c EndDO c Eval c Return c* c UsrSR BegSR c* Pg up c If c Eval c* c* go back 8 records. c* c do c ReadP k Disk Workstn sfile(sfldt:rrn) 4s 0 inz(0) CLRSR LDSR *in03 = *off DspSR UsrSR *inlr = *on
*in25 = *on *in25 = *Off
8 bm
48
RPG-ILE LABS c c c c c c* c* c c c c* c* c* c c c* c c c c c c c* c c c* c* c* c c c* c c c c* c c c c c c c c c* c c c c c c c if Leave EndIf EndDo EndIf If Eval EndIf %EOF(lfbmk)
end of PG UP Pg Dn
*in26 = *on *in26 = *Off
In either case,Load is necessary. Exsr EndSr ClrSR BegSR Eval Eval Write Eval EndSR BegSR Exsr LDSR
rrn = 0 *in52 = *on SflCtl *in52 = *off
LdSR
ClrSR
load next 4 records to subfile Read Do if Leave EndIf Eval Eval Eval Eval Write Read EndDO EndSR DspSR BegSR Eval Eval Exfmt Eval Eval EndSR bm 4 %EOF
DCode = BCode DName = BName DPrice = BPrice rrn = rrn + 1 SFLDT bm
*in50 = *in51 = SflCTL *in51 = *in50 =
*on *on *off *off
PF contents : Logical file OUTPUT : : Book Master. Keyes on BPRICE.
The records are displayed in single page subfile in ascending order of Bprice.
49
RPG-ILE LABS REMARKS : Algorithm changes since the access is keyed.
50
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Introduction to logic cycle : Default program processing algorithm. FPFBM FQPRINT IPFBM I I I C 20 OQPRINT O O O O O O O IP O AA F F 21 80 DISK PRINTER OFLIND(*IN20) 1 5 15 1P SETOFF 1 1 CODE NAME PRICE Z 1 Q 1 4 0CODE 14 NAME 21 2PRICE 1 1 10 30 60 78 '------------------' 20 40 '<TITLE COMES HERE>'
H D
20
ONE MORE EXAMPLE : FQPRINT C N40 C C C 20 C CODE C C C* OQPRINT O O O O O O F 80 Z-ADD SETON ADD SETOFF IFGT SETON ENDIF PRINTER OFLIND(*IN20) *ZEROS CODE 1 100 CODE 4 0 40 20 LR 1 1 20 CODE 1 Z 1 1 1 40 '<TITLE COMES HERE>' 10 78 '------------------'
H D T
1P
USING OVERFLOW IND : FPFLGC F* FQPRINT IP O F F 63 132 DISK PRINTER OFLIND(*INOF)
LAB : SPECIFY OVERFLOW LINE NUMBER AND NUMBER OF LINES ON THE FORM ILE CODE : RUN THIS PROGRAM AND SEE THE NUMBER OF PAGES OF OUTPUT CREATED. FPFBM FQPRINT IPFBM I I I C 20 OQPRINT O O O IP O AA F F 21 80 DISK PRINTER OFLIND(*IN20) FORMLEN(10) FORMOFL(09) 1 5 15 1P SETOFF 1 1 CODE Z 4 0CODE 14 NAME 21 2PRICE 1 1 10 20 40 '<TITLE COMES HERE>'
H D
51
RPG-ILE LABS O O O O NAME PRICE T 20 1 Q 1 30 60 78 '------------------'
RPG/400 CODE : L SPECS ARE USED AS UNDER : Prompt type . . . Line Number 20 L Sequence number . . . Form Length FL Overflow Line Number 18 DISK LPRINTER 1 5 15 40CODE 14 NAME 212PRICE 20 0000.03 Overflow Line OL
Filename QPRINT FPFBM FQPRINT LQPRINT IPFBM I I I C 20 OQPRINT O O O O O O O
IP F 21 O F 80 20FL 18OL AA
20
SETOF H 11 D 11 1P CODE Z NAME PRICE Q 20
40 '<TITLE COMES HERE>' 10 30 60 78 '------------------'
T 11
LAB : Basic Logic Cycle with L1 indicator. F* BIOPF2 CONTAINS 4 FIELDS. F* BCODE1 AND BCODE2 HAVE L2 AND L1 INDICATORS F* ON THEM. L1 IS SET ON EVERTIME BCODE2 CHANGES F* L2 IS SETON WHEN BCODE1 CHANGES.L2 ALSO SETS ON F* L1 AUTOMATICALLY. F* -----------------------------------------------FBIOPF2 IP F 16 DISK FQSYSPRT O F 132 PRINTER OFLIND(*INOF) IBIOPF2 AA I 1 4 BCODE1 L2 I 5 8 BCODE2 L1 I 9 12 0BIN I 13 16 0BOUT OQSYSPRT H O 1P 40 'FIRST PAGE' O D N1P O 7 'BC 1 : ' O BCODE1 9 O 16 'BC 2 : ' O BCODE2 19 O 45 'BOOKS IN : ' O BIN 56 O T L1 O 37 'TOTAL TIME'
52
RPG-ILE LABS O O O T LR OF 37 'LR IS ON ' '* OVER FLOW *'
LAB : Simple Logic cycle program with L1 control break indicator. Linkage : RPGLC2 in samlesrc. CODE : RPLC2
* ____________________________________________________________ * Simple program demonstrating a logic cycle. * ____________________________________________________________ * Database file contains BCODE BIN and BOUT fields * which store the qty of books comming in and going out * along with their codes. * Objective is to display the total bin and bout for each book. * ____________________________________________________________ * FQPRINT O F 80 PRINTER FPFBIO1 IP F 12 DISK DTOTBIN S 5I 0 INZ(0) DTOTBOUT S 5I 0 INZ(0) iPFBIO1 AA 88 i 1 4 0bcode L1 i 5 8 0bin i 9 12 0bout C* C IF *INL1 AND *IN88 C EVAL TOTBIN = 0 C EVAL TOTBOUT = 0 C ENDIF C* C IF *IN88 C EVAL TOTBIN = TOTBIN + BIN C EVAL TOTBOUT = TOTBOUT + BOUT C ENDIF C* C*____________________________________________ OQPRINT D N1P O 10 'CODE :' O BCODE Z 20 O 30 'IN :-' O BIN Q 40 O 50 'OUT :-' O BOUT Q 60 O T L1 88 1 1 O '_______________________ O T L1 88 1 1 O 10 'TOTAL IN :' O TOTBIN 17 O 40 'TOTAL OUT : ' O TOTBOUT 50 O* O T L1 88 1 1 O '_______________________
53
RPG-ILE LABS PF contents : PFBIO1 BCODE 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 BIN 10 0 10 10 0 10 10 0 10 BOUT 0 10 0 0 10 0 0 10 0
OUTPUT : QPRINT spool file. CODE : 1 IN CODE : 1 IN CODE : 1 IN _________________________ TOTAL IN : 00020 _________________________ CODE : 2 IN CODE : 2 IN CODE : 2 IN _________________________ TOTAL IN : 00020 _________________________ CODE : 3 IN CODE : 3 IN CODE : 3 IN :::10 10 OUT :OUT :OUT :00010 OUT :OUT :OUT :00010 OUT :OUT :OUT :10 10 10
TOTAL OUT : :::10 10
TOTAL OUT : :::10 10
LAB : Working with L1 and L2 indicators. CODE :RPLC3 * ____________________________________________________________ * DEMONSTRATING L1 AND L2 INDICATORS. * ____________________________________________________________ * Database file contains SBCODE,BCODE BIN and BOUT fields * which store the qty of books comming in and going out * along with their codes AND THE subject code. * Objective is to display the total bin and bout for each book. * grouped by BCode and then Grouped by SBCODE (subject code) * SBCODE : 1 for mechanical Engg. * BCODE : 1 for the first book in the mech engg book. * ____________________________________________________________ * FQPRINT O F 80 PRINTER FPFBIO3 IP F 16 DISK DTOTBINSB S 5I 0 INZ(0) DTOTBOUTSB S 5I 0 INZ(0) DTOTBIN S 5I 0 INZ(0) DTOTBOUT S 5I 0 INZ(0) DTEMP S 4S 0 INZ(0) iPFBIO3 AA 88 i 1 4 0sbcode L2 i 5 8 0bcode L1 i 9 12 0bin
54
RPG-ILE LABS i 13 16 0bout C* C* C IF (*INL1 AND *IN88) and (*INL2) C EVAL TOTBIN = 0 C EVAL TOTBOUT = 0 C EVAL TOTBINSB = 0 C EVAL TOTBOUTSB = 0 C ENDIF C* C IF (*INL1 AND *IN88) C EVAL TOTBIN = 0 C EVAL TOTBOUT = 0 C ENDIF c* C IF *IN88 C EVAL TOTBIN = TOTBIN + BIN C EVAL TOTBOUT = TOTBOUT + BOUT C EVAL TOTBINSB = TOTBINSB + BIN C EVAL TOTBOUTSB = TOTBOUTSB + BOUT C ENDIF C* C*____________________________________________ OQPRINT D N1P O 10 'CODE :' O BCODE Z 15 O 25 'IN :-' O BIN Q 30 O 35 'OUT :-' O BOUT Q 40 O 45 'SBCODE :' O SBCODE Q 50 O T L1 88 1 1 O '______________________ O T L1 88 1 1 O 10 'TOTAL IN :' O TOTBIN 17 O 40 'TOTAL OUT : ' O TOTBOUT 50 O* O T L1 88 1 1 O '___________________ O* O* O T L1 88 L2 1 1 O '+ + + + + + + + + + O T L1 88 L2 1 1 O 17 'GR.TOTL IN:' O TOTBINSB 17 O 40 'GR. TOTL OUT:' O TOTBOUTSB 50 O* O T L1 88 L2 1 1 O '~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ O* PF contents :PFBIO3 L1 SBCODE
BCODE
L2 BIN
BOUT
55
RPG-ILE LABS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 OUTPUT 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 : 10 0 10 10 0 10 10 0 10 20 0 20 20 0 20 20 0 40 0 10 0 0 10 0 0 10 0 0 20 0 0 20 0 0 20 0
*...+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5... CODE : 1 IN :1OUT :- SBCODE : 1 CODE : 1 IN :OUT :- SBCODE : 1 CODE : 1 IN :1OUT :- SBCODE : 1 _________________________ TOTAL IN : 00020 TOTAL OUT : 00010 _________________________ CODE : 2 IN :1OUT :- SBCODE : 1 CODE : 2 IN :OUT :- SBCODE : 1 CODE : 2 IN :1OUT :- SBCODE : 1 _________________________ TOTAL IN : 00020 TOTAL OUT : 00010 _________________________ CODE : 3 IN :1OUT :- SBCODE : 1 CODE : 3 IN :OUT :- SBCODE : 1 CODE : 3 IN :1OUT :- SBCODE : 1 _________________________ _________________________ TOTAL IN : 00020 _________________________ + + + + + + + + + + + +__ GR.TOT00060 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ CODE : 1 IN :CODE : 1 IN :CODE : 1 IN :_________________________ TOTAL IN : 00040 _________________________ CODE : 2 IN :CODE : 2 IN :CODE : 2 IN :_________________________ TOTAL IN : 00040 _________________________ CODE : 3 IN :CODE : 3 IN :CODE : 3 IN :TOTAL OUT : GR. TOTL OUT: 2OUT :OUT :2OUT :SBCODE : SBCODE : SBCODE : 00010 00030 2 2 2 00020 2 2 2 00020 2 2 2
TOTAL OUT : 2OUT :OUT :2OUT :SBCODE : SBCODE : SBCODE :
TOTAL OUT : 2OUT :OUT :2OUT :SBCODE : SBCODE : SBCODE :
56
RPG-ILE LABS
57
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : CODE : * ____________________________________________________________ * Demonstrating the M1 AND L1 indicator. * ____________________________________________________________ * Database file PFBIO1 contains BCODE BIN and BOUT fields * Database file PFBIO2 contains XBCODE XBIN and XBOUT fields * which store the qty of books comming in and going out * along with their codes. * Objective is to SEE WHAT M1 DOES. * ____________________________________________________________ * FQPRINT O F 80 PRINTER FPFBIO1 IP F 12 DISK FPFBIO2 IS F 12 DISK DTOTBIN S 5I 0 INZ(0) DTOTBOUT S 5I 0 INZ(0) DXTOTBIN S 5I 0 INZ(0) DXTOTBOUT S 5I 0 INZ(0) DTEMP S 4S 0 INZ(0) iPFBIO1 AA 88 i 1 4 0bcode L1M1 i 5 8 0bin i 9 12 0bout I* iPFBIO2 AA 89 i 1 4 0Xbcode L1M1 i 5 8 0Xbin i 9 12 0Xbout C*_________________________________________ C IF *INL1 C EVAL TOTBIN=0 C EVAL XTOTBIN=0 C EVAL TOTBOUT=0 C EVAL XTOTBOUT=0 C ENDIF C* C 88 EVAL TOTBIN = TOTBIN + BIN C 88 EVAL TOTBOUT = TOTBOUT + BOUT C* C 89 EVAL TOTBIN = TOTBIN + XBIN C 89 EVAL TOTBOUT = TOTBOUT + XBOUT C*_____________________________________________________ OQPRINT D N1P 88 O 10 'CODE :' O BCODE Z 20 O 30 'IN :-' O BIN Q 40 O 50 'OUT :-' O BOUT Q 60 O*** D N1P O*** 10 '**MR**' O D N1P 89 O 10 'XCODE :' O XBCODE Z 20 O 30 'XIN :-' O XBIN Q 40 O 50 'XOUT :-' O XBOUT Q 60 Matching record indicator.
58
PFBIO2
O O O O O T L1 TOTBIN TOTBOUT 1 XBCODE XBIN XBOUT RPG-ILE LABS 2 50 0 1 2 50 0 'TOTBIN :' 2 20 50 0 2 30 50 0 'TOTBOUT :' 3 50 50 0 3 60 50 0 4 50 0 4 50 0
PF contents :
PFBIO1
BCODE 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 5 5 OUTPUT CODE : CODE : CODE : CODE CODE CODE XCODE XCODE XCODE XCODE CODE CODE CODE XCODE XCODE : : : : : : : : : : : : : 1 1 1 TOTBIN : 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 TOTBIN : 3 3 3 3 3 TOTBIN : 4 4 TOTBIN : 5 5 TOTBIN : IN :IN :IN :00020 IN :IN :IN :XIN :XIN :XIN :XIN :00220 IN :IN :IN :XIN :XIN :00120 XIN :XIN :00100 IN :IN :00200 10 OUT :OUT :10 OUT :TOTBOUT : 10 OUT :OUT :10 OUT :50 XOUT :50 XOUT :50 XOUT :50 XOUT :TOTBOUT : 10 OUT :OUT :10 OUT :50 XOUT :50 XOUT :TOTBOUT : 50 XOUT :50 XOUT :TOTBOUT : 200 OUT :OUT :TOTBOUT : 10 00010 10 BIN 10 0 10 10 0 10 10 0 10 200 0 BOUT 0 10 0 0 10 0 0 10 0 0 100
00010 10
XCODE : XCODE : CODE : CODE : REMARKS :
00010 00000 100 00100
The physical files must have data in ascending or descending order. Any deviation from this causes a run time error. System starts with the physical file and reads first rec from physical file. It also scans the first record in the secondary file . If the Bcode values match the MR is set ON. (we applied a M1 on BCode remember ?). The system starts processing records in primary file till Bcode does not change. Once the Bcode is found to be different in the subsequent record, system starts reading records with the same bcode from the secondary file (if there were no matching records in the secondary file having this bcode, system will switch ON the L1
59
PFBIO2
XBCODE XBIN XBOUT RPG-ILE LABS 2 50 0 indicator and MR will never be ON in the first 50 place) 2 0 2 50 0 2 50 0 3 50 0 3 50 0 4 50 0 1. Read records from primary file till 4bcode changes. 50 0 2. If records with the same bcode are present in the secondar file read all those records in the secondary file. 3. When all records are exhausted in the secondary file, then turn ON L1 and allow total output. 4. Read next set of records from primary file.However, if secondary file contains records with bcode less than what primary file has, read records from the secondary file. For example in above case, PFBIO1 contains records with bcode as 2,3,4. So system first reads records with bcode=1 in primary file, then records with bcode=1 in secondary file, then records with bcode=2 in primary file then the same records in the seondary file. Then records with bcode=3 in primary and later in secondary file. Now instead of returning back to primary file for the next set, the system reads records with bcode= 4 in the seondary file and then comes back to primary file to read records with bcode=5.
PFBIO1
BCODE 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 5 5 BIN 10 0 10 10 0 10 10 0 10 200 0 BOUT 0 10 0 0 10 0 0 10 0 0 100
LAB :
Study of M1 indicator with L1 for control break.
Linkage : RPGLC6 CODE : * ____________________________________________________________ * Demonstrating the M1 AND L1 indicator. * ____________________________________________________________ * Database file PFBIO1 contains BCODE BIN and BOUT fields * Database file PFBIO2 contains XBCODE XBIN and XBOUT fields * which store the qty of books comming in and going out * along with their codes. * Objective is to SEE WHAT M1 DOES. * ____________________________________________________________ * FQPRINT O F 80 PRINTER FPFBIO3 IP F 16 DISK
60
RPG-ILE LABS FPFBIO4 IS F 16 DISK DTOTBIN S 5I 0 INZ(0) DTOTBOUT S 5I 0 INZ(0) DXTOTBIN S 5I 0 INZ(0) DXTOTBOUT S 5I 0 INZ(0) DTEMP S 4S 0 INZ(0) iPFBIO3 AA 88 i 1 4 0sbcode L1M1 i 5 8 0bcode i 9 12 0bin i 13 16 0bout I* iPFBIO4 AA 89 i 1 4 0Xsbcode L1M1 i 5 8 0Xbcode i 9 12 0Xbin i 13 16 0xbout C*_________________________________________ C IF *INL1 C EVAL TOTBIN=0 C EVAL XTOTBIN=0 C EVAL TOTBOUT=0 C EVAL XTOTBOUT=0 C ENDIF C* C 88 EVAL TOTBIN = TOTBIN + BIN C 88 EVAL TOTBOUT = TOTBOUT + BOUT C* C 89 EVAL TOTBIN = TOTBIN + XBIN C 89 EVAL TOTBOUT = TOTBOUT + XBOUT C*_____________________________________________________ OQPRINT D N1P 88 O 10 'CODE :' O BCODE Z 20 O 30 'IN :-' O BIN Q 40 O 50 'OUT :-' O BOUT Q 60 O*** D N1P O*** 10 '**MR**' O D N1P 89 O 10 'XCODE :' O XBCODE Z 20 O 30 'XIN :-' O XBIN Q 40 O 50 'XOUT :-' O XBOUT Q 60 O T L1 1 1 O 20 'TOTBIN :' O TOTBIN 30 O 50 'TOTBOUT :' O TOTBOUT 60
61
PFBIO4
XSBCODE XBCODE XBIN XBOUT RPG-ILE LABS 1 1 100 0 1 1 0 100 1 1 100 0 1 2 100 0 1 2 0 100 PFBIO3 1 2 100 0 1 3 100 0 1 3 0 100 1 3 100 0 2 1 200 0 2 1 0 200 2 1 200 0 2 2 200 0 2 2 0 200 2 2 200 0 2 3 200 0 2 3 0 200 2 3 200 0
PF contents :
SBCODE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
BCODE 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3
BIN 10 0 10 10 0 10 10 0 10 20 0 20 20 0 20 20 0 20
BOUT 0 10 0 0 10 0 0 10 0 0 20 0 0 20 0 0 20 0
OUTPUT CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE XCODE XCODE XCODE XCODE XCODE XCODE XCODE XCODE XCODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE XCODE XCODE XCODE
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 TOTBIN : 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 1 1 1 IN :IN :IN :IN :IN :IN :IN :IN :IN :XIN :XIN :XIN :XIN :XIN :XIN :XIN :XIN :XIN :00660 IN :IN :IN :IN :IN :IN :IN :IN :IN :XIN :XIN :XIN :10 10 10 10 10 10 100 100 100 100 100 100 20 20 20 20 20 20 200 200 OUT :OUT :OUT :OUT :OUT :OUT :OUT :OUT :OUT :XOUT :XOUT :XOUT :XOUT :XOUT :XOUT :XOUT :XOUT :XOUT :TOTBOUT : OUT :OUT :OUT :OUT :OUT :OUT :OUT :OUT :OUT :XOUT :XOUT :XOUT :-
10 10 10 100 100 100 00330 20 20 20 200
62
RPG-ILE LABS XCODE XCODE XCODE XCODE XCODE XCODE : : : : : : 2 2 2 3 3 3 TOTBIN : REMARKS : First all records in the primary file with SBCODE = 1 are processed, then the system proceeds to process all records in the secondary file with XSBCODE = 1 anf when all records with sbcode/xsbcode=1 are exhausted, then the subtotal is pronted and displayed. XIN XIN XIN XIN XIN XIN ::::::200 200 200 200 XOUT XOUT XOUT XOUT XOUT XOUT ::::::200 200
01320
TOTBOUT :
00660
63
RPG-ILE LABS
LAB : SUBFILE DECLARATION FDSP1 F CF E WORKSTN SFILE(SFLDATA:RRN)
LAB : Full Load subfile Linkage : rpsub CODE : fpfbm if fdssub cf drrn c c c c c c* c c c* c* c clrsr c c c c c* c ldsr c c c c c c c c c c c* c dspsr c c c c e e s exsr exsr dow exsr EndDo Eval Return Begsr Eval Write Eval Endsr Begsr read Dow z-add movel z-add Eval Write read Enddo Endsr Begsr Seton Exfmt Setoff Endsr disk workstn sfile(sfldt:rrn) 4s 0 inz(0) clrsr ldsr *in03 = *off DSPSR *inlr = *on
*in52 = *on SFLCTL *in52 = *off
bm *in55=*off bcode dcode bname dname bprice dprice rrn = rrn + 1 sfldt bm
55
55
sflctl
5051 5051
DISPLAY FILE : DSSUB A A R SFLDT A DCODE A DNAME A DPRICE A A
4 10 7
0B B 2B
4 4 4 4
DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) SFL 9COLOR(WHT) 20COLOR(WHT) 36EDTWRD(' . ') COLOR(WHT) 46'Rs'
64
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A A A A A A R SFLCTL 50 51 52 SFLCTL(SFLDT) CA03(03) SFLDSP SFLDSPCTL SFLCLR SFLSIZ(0005) SFLPAG(0004) 1 21'Book Master Information Sc COLOR(WHT)
PF contents : PFBM : Bcode, Bname and Bprice containing 12-14 records. OUTPUT :
The contents displayed in tabular form REMARKS : Full Load Technique.
LAB : Single Page subfile. Linkage : RPSINGLE CODE : RPSINGLE FDssingle CF E WORKSTN SFILE(SFLDT:RRN) FPFBM IF E DISK Drrn S 5i 0 inz(0) Drecptr S 5i 0 inz(1) C EXSR LDSR C* C DOW *IN03 = *OFF C Eval drecptr = recptr C EXSR DSPSR c EXSR USRSR C ENDDO C* C EVAL *INLR = *ON C RETURN C* C*________________________________________________ C* C CLRSR Begsr c Eval rrn = 0 c Eval *in52 = *on c Write Sflctl c Eval *in52 = *off c EndSR c* c LDSR BEGSR c Exsr CLRSR c recptr Setll bm c* If *in77 = *on
77
65
RPG-ILE LABS c* c* c* recptr c* c* c c c c c c c c c* c c c c* c c* c c* |~~~~~~~~| c DSPSR c c c c c c c c* c USRSR c* c* in25 = Page Up c* c c 'pag up !' c c c** c c c c** c c* c c* c* in26 = Page Down c* c c 'pag dn !' c c c** c c* c c* c Eval Eval Setll EndIf Read do Eval Eval Eval Eval Write Read If Leave Endif ENDDO ENDSR BEGSR Eval Eval Exfmt EXSR Eval Eval ENDSR BEGSR *in50 = *in51 = sflctl USRSR *in50 = *in51 = *on *on *off *off recptr = recptr -4 *in77 = *off bm bm 4 dcode = bcode dname = bname dprice = bprice rrn = rrn + 1 SFLDT bm %eof
77
if dsply Eval Eval If Eval EndIf EXSR EndIf
*in25 = *on *in25= *off recptr = recptr - 4 recptr < 1 recptr = 1 LDSR
-> Get the next 4 records. if dsply Eval Eval EXSR Endif ENDSR *in26 = *on *in26= *off recptr = recptr + 4 LDSR
66
RPG-ILE LABS DISPLAY A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A FILE : DSSINGLE R SFLDT DCODE DNAME DPRICE R SFLCTL DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03 'EXIT') SFL
4 20 7
0B B 2B
50 51 52
DRECPTR
0O
5 5 5 20 5 47EDTWRD(' . ') SFLCTL(SFLDT) SFLSIZ(0004) SFLPAG(0004) PAGEUP(25 'up') PAGEDOWN(26 'dn') SFLDSP SFLDSPCTL SFLCLR 1 25'BOOK MASTER INFORMATION DE DSPATR(RI) 3 5'CODE NAME PRICE' COLOR(WHT) DSPATR(UL) DSPATR(RI) 3 56'recptr' 3 63':' 3 66
PF contents : Typical Bcode,bname,bprice file. OUTPUT :
Contents of the database file in a tabular form REMARKS : Single Page loading technique LAB : expanding subfile.
Linkage : RPEXP CODE : FSUBEXP CF E WORKSTN SFILE(SFLDT:RRN) FPFBM IF E DISK drrn s 5i 0 inz(0) dRecPtr s 5i 0 inz(1) d* d*_______________________________________________ C EXSR CLRSR C EXSR LDSR C DOW *IN03 = *OFF C EXSR DspSR C EXSR UsrSR C EndDo C Eval *INLR = *ON C Return
67
RPG-ILE LABS C* C* C* c c c c c c* c* c c c c c* c c c c* c c c c c c c c* c c c c c c c c c* c* c* c c* c* c* c c c c c c c* c ________________________________________________ CLRSR BegSr Eval Write Eval EndSR BegSR Setll Do Read If Leave EndIf Z-add Movel Z-add Eval Write EndDo EndSR DspSR BegSR Eval Eval Eval Exfmt Eval Eval EndSr *in52=*on SFLCTL *in52=*off
LDSR RecPtr
BM 4 BM %eof
BCode DCode BName DName BPrice DPrice rrn = rrn + 1 SFLDT
drecptr = recptr *in50=*on *in51=*on SflCTL *in50=*off *in51=*off
UsrSR check for PageDn (next set) 'pg dn'
BegSR
If Eval Dsply Eval EXSR EndIf EndSR
*in26=*on *in26=*off RecPtr = RecPtr + 4 LDSR
DISPLAY FILE: SUBEXP A A A A A A A A DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03 'exit') SFL 6COLOR(WHT) 18COLOR(WHT) 42EDTWRD(' . ') COLOR(WHT) 52'Rs'
R SFLDT DCODE DNAME DPRICE
4 20 7
0B B 2B
8 8 8 8
68
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A R SFLCTL 50 51 52 DRECPTR 4S 0H COLOR(WHT) SFLCTL(SFLDT) PAGEDOWN(26 'dn') SFLDSP SFLDSPCTL SFLCLR SFLSIZ(0005) SFLPAG(0004) SFLRCDNBR 2 23'expanding subfile demo.' 4 24'Book Master Information ' COLOR(WHT) 6 7'Code Name rice' COLOR(WHT)
PF contents : Typical book master file. OUTPUT :
Contents of the Book Master in tabular format. REMARKS : Expanding loading technique. LAB : Data entry subfile. Linkage : rpdatae CODE : RPDATAE FSUBDATAE CF E WORKSTN SFILE(SFLDT:RRN) DRRN S 5I 0 INZ(0) c* c* C Exsr INZSR c Dow *in03=*off C Exsr DSPSR C Exsr CHGSR c EndDO c* C Eval *inlr = *on C Return C* C* ============================================ C* C INZSR Begsr C Eval *in52=*on C Write Sflctl C Eval *in52=*off C EndSR c* c*____________________________________________
69
RPG-ILE LABS c DSPSR Begsr c Eval *in50=*on c Eval *in51=*on c Exfmt SFLCTL c Eval *in50=*off c Eval *in51=*off c EndSR c* c* ___________________________________________ c ChgSR BegSR c ReadC SFLDT c Dow *in55=*off c DCode Dsply c DName Dsply c ReadC SFLDT c EndDo c EndSR Display FILE : SUBDATAE A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A R SFLDT DCODE DNAME DPRICE R SFLCTL 50 51 52 3 6 8 DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) SFL 3COLOR(RED) 13COLOR(WHT) 43EDTWRD(' . ') COLOR(WHT) 54'Rs' SFLCTL(SFLDT) CA03(03) SFLDSP SFLDSPCTL SFLINZ SFLSIZ(0010) SFLPAG(0007) 25'Data Entry Subfile' 2'Enter the book details in owing table :' COLOR(BLU) 3'CODE NAME PRICE' COLOR(BLU)
55
55
4 20 7
0B 10 B 10 2B 10 10
PF contents : No pf OUTPUT :
Data entered/changed is displayed by READC. REMARKS : Data Entry can be done. LAB : Using CHAIN on Subfile. Display DSUSR :
70
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A RPUSR : Fdsusr cf e workstn sfile(sfldt:rrn) drrn s 4s 0 inz(1) dtotrec s 4s 0 inz(1) dtemp s 4s 0 inz(1) c ExSR SRClr c Exsr SRLoad c Dow *in03 = *Off c Exsr SRUsr c Exsr SRDsp c Eval *in55= *off c EndDo c Eval *inlr = *on c Return c*____________________________________________________ c SRClr BegSR c Eval *in52 = *on c Write SFLCTL c Eval *in52 = *off c EndSR c* ___________________________________________________ c SRLoad BegSR c Do 100 c Eval DCode = rrn c Eval DName = 'Abc' c Eval Dprice = 1.2 * rrn c Write SFLDT c Eval rrn = rrn + 1 c Eval totrec = totrec + 1 c EndDO c EndSR DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CF05(05) SFL 4COLOR(WHT) 14 DSPATR(RI) 38EDTWRD(' . ') COLOR(WHT) 48'Rs' SFLCTL(SFLDT) CA03(03) SFLDSP SFLDSPCTL SFLCLR SFLSIZ(0010) SFLPAG(0008) OVERLAY 4'Book Master datab COLOR(WHT) 4'_________________ COLOR(WHT)
R SFLDT DCODE DNAME 55 DPRICE R SFLCTL 50 51 52
4 20 7
0B B 2B
6 6 6 6
2 3 R FOOT
OVERLAY 22 2'F5:' 22 6'Remove' 22 13'Hilight'
71
RPG-ILE LABS c*____________________________________________________ c* c SRDsp BegSR c Eval *in50 = *on c Eval *in51 = *on c write sflctl c write foot c Exfmt SflcTL c Eval *in50 = *off c Eval *in51 = *off c EndSR c*____________________________________________________ c SRUsr BegSR c Z-add 1 dummy c Dow dummy = 1 c Readc sfldt c If %Eof c Leave c EndIf c Eval *in55 = *on c update sfldt c EndDo c* c* Check if user wants to clear the hi-light c* User presses F5 to remove all hi-lights. c* c Eval *in55 = *off c If *in05 = *on c Eval *in05 = *off c dow temp < totrec c* c* Goto the first record of the subfile c* c temp Chain sfldt c Update sfldt c Eval temp = temp + 1 c Enddo c EndIf c EndSR Remarks : A subfile is displayed. Make changes to 2 rows and press ENTER. A READC traps the changes and switches ON the DSPATR(RI) indicator for those records. The records are thus hi-lighted. Press F5 to remove the hi-light. To remove, the system goes from first recrord of the subfile to the last and does UPDATE for each record with the DSPATR(RI) indicator being set OFF. This removes the Hi-light. LAB : Using SFLNXTCHG to fo what the above lab does. Display file : A A A A A A A A DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CF05(05) SFL SFLNXTCHG 6 4COLOR(WHT) 6 14 DSPATR(RI) 6 38EDTWRD(' . ')
R SFLDT 77 55 DCODE DNAME DPRICE 4 20 7 0B B 2B
72
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A COLOR(WHT) 6 48'Rs' SFLCTL(SFLDT) CA03(03) SFLDSP SFLDSPCTL SFLCLR SFLSIZ(0010) SFLPAG(0008) OVERLAY 2 4'Book Master datab COLOR(WHT) 3 4'_________________ COLOR(WHT) OVERLAY 22 2'F5:' 22 6'Remove' 22 13'Hilight'
R SFLCTL 50 51 52
R FOOT
RPG :
Fdsusr1 cf e workstn sfile(sfldt:rrn) drrn s 4s 0 inz(1) dtotrec s 4s 0 inz(1) dtemp s 4s 0 inz(1) c ExSR SRClr c Exsr SRLoad c Dow *in03 = *Off c Exsr SRUsr c Exsr SRDsp c Eval *in55= *off c EndDo c Eval *inlr = *on c Return c*____________________________________________________ c SRClr BegSR c Eval *in52 = *on c Write SFLCTL c Eval *in52 = *off c EndSR c* ___________________________________________________ c SRLoad BegSR c Do 100 c Eval DCode = rrn c Eval DName = 'Abc' c Eval Dprice = 1.2 * rrn c Write SFLDT c Eval rrn = rrn + 1 c Eval totrec = totrec + 1 c EndDO c EndSR c*____________________________________________________ c* c SRDsp BegSR c Eval *in50 = *on c Eval *in51 = *on c write sflctl c write foot c Exfmt SflcTL
73
RPG-ILE LABS c Eval *in50 = *off c Eval *in51 = *off c EndSR c*____________________________________________________ c SRUsr BegSR c Z-add 1 dummy c If *in05 = *off c Dow dummy = 1 c Readc sfldt c If %Eof c Leave c EndIf c Eval *in55 = *on c Eval *in77 = *on c update sfldt c Eval *in77 = *off c EndDo c EndIF c* c* Check if user wants to clear the hi-light c* User presses F5 to remove all hi-lights. c* c Eval *in55 = *off c If *in05 = *on c '05 on' dsply c Z-add 1 dummy c Dow dummy = 1 c Readc sfldt c If %Eof c Leave c EndIf c Eval *in55 = *off c*********** Eval *in77 = *on c update sfldt c 'remove' dsply c EndDo c Eval *in05 = *off c EndIF c EndSR
74
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : SFLNXTCHG
Linkage : RPSFLNXT,DSSFLNXT CODE : FDSSFLNXT CF E WORKSTN SFILE(SFLDT:RRN) FPFBM IF E DISK C* Press F6 to see changed records and setof the MDT. C* Press F10 to see changed records and again SETON the MDT. C* C* drrn s 5i 0 inz(0) dCNTR s 5i 0 inz(0) dtemp s 5i 0 inz(1) dResetMDT s 5i 0 inz(1) C EXSR CLRSR C EXSR LDSR c DoW *in03=*off c EXSR DSPSR C EXSR USRSR C EndDO C Seton C Return C* C* C Clrsr BegSR C Eval *in52 = *on C Write SflCTL C Eval *in52 = *off C EndSR C* C* C LDSR BegSR c Read bm c Dow Not %EOF c Eval DCode = BCode c Eval DName = BName c Eval DPrice = BPrice c Eval RRN = RRN + 1 c Eval Cntr = Cntr + 1 c Write SFLDT c Read bm c EndDo c 'RRN :' Dsply c rrn Dsply c EndSR c* c* c DspSR BegSR c Eval *in50=*on c Eval *in51=*on c Exfmt SFLCTL c Eval *in50=*off c Eval *in51=*off c EndSR c* c* c UsrSR BegSR c IF *in06=*on
lr
75
RPG-ILE LABS c c c c* c c c c c c* c c c* c c c c* c* c* c* c c c* c c c c c* c c c* c c* c c c c c Eval Exsr EndIf IF Eval EXSR EndIF ENDSR ChgSR1 BegSR Readc *in06=*off ChgSR1 *in10=*on *in10=*off ChgSR2
SFLDT NOT *in78
78
DoW DCode Dsply DName Dsply --------------should we reset the MDT ? ---------------If Eval Switch on MDT Update Eval 'reset !' Dsply EndIf Readc EndDO EndSR ChgSR2 BegSR eval Exsr eval EndSR
ResetMDT = 1 *in77=*ON SFLDT *in77=*OFF
SFLDT
78
ResetMDT = 1 ChgSR1 ResetMDT = 0
DISPLAY FILE : DSSFLNXT A A A A A DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03) CF06(06) CF10(10) SFL
R SFLDT
A
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
77
DCODE DNAME DPRICE R SFLCTL 4 20 7 0B B 2B
SFLNXTCHG
8 4COLOR(RED) 8 21COLOR(WHT) 8 48EDTWRD(' . ') COLOR(WHT) 8 59'Rs' SFLCTL(SFLDT) SFLDSP SFLDSPCTL SFLCLR SFLSIZ(0006) SFLPAG(0005) 2 18'Demo of SFLNXT Change' 4 4'Make changes to a record, ears the MDT but SFLNXTCHG
50 51 52
76
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A A A A ts the ' COLOR(WHT) 4'MDT to 1' COLOR(WHT) 4'Code COLOR(WHT)
5 7
Price'
Name
PF contents : Typical Book master OUTPUT :
If 1,2 (or more) records are edited and F6 is pressed, the program shows us the records that have changed and resets their MDT. Press F6 again has no effect since the MDT of those records are now reset (ie set to 0). However, if F10 is pressed, the changed records are displayed but their MDTs are set back to 1. Pressing F10 again and again will re-display the same set of records since their MDTs are never set to zero. REMARKS : SFLNXT can be user to set ON MDT of a specific record. LAB : Using CHAIN in subfiles.
Linkage : RPSFLCHAIN CODE : FDSSFLchainCF E WORKSTN SFILE(SFLDT:RRN) FPFBM IF E DISK c* C* Study the effect and application of CHAIN on subfile. C* Access bprice from user. All records with Bprice greater c* specified are hilighted. c* c* drrn s 5i 0 inz(0) dtemp s 5i 0 inz(1) dcntr s 5i 0 inz(1) C EXSR CLRSR C EXSR LDSR c DoW *in03=*off c EXSR DSPSR C EXSR USRSR C EndDO C Seton C Return C* C* C Clrsr BegSR C Eval *in52 = *on C Write SflCTL C Eval *in52 = *off C EndSR
lr
77
RPG-ILE LABS C* C* C LDSR BegSR c Read c Dow c Eval c Eval c Eval c Eval c Eval c Write c Read c EndDo c EndSR c* c* c DspSR BegSR c Eval c Eval c Exfmt c Eval c Eval c EndSR c* c* c UsrSR BegSR c Eval c IF c* ___________________ c*|access each record | c*|of the subfile. | c*|if the record has | c*|bprice greater than| c*|the one specified, | c*|Hilight it otherwis| c*|leave it. | c*|___________________| c Dow c temp Chain c* in77 is for SFLNXTCHG c* c if c Eval c Eval c Update c Eval c Eval c* else ! c else c Eval c Eval c Update c Eval c* c EndIf c Eval c EndDo c****************** Exsr c EndIf c ENDSR c HiLight BegSR
bm Not %EOF DCode = BCode DName = BName DPrice = BPrice RRN = RRN + 1 Cntr = Cntr + 1 SFLDT bm
*in50=*on *in51=*on SFLCTL *in50=*off *in51=*off
temp=1 *in06=*on
temp< cntr SFLDT Dprice > DUsrPrc *in77 = *ON *in88 = *ON SFLDT *in77 = *Off *in88 = *Off *in88 = *off *in77 = *on SFLDT *in77 = *off temp=temp+1 HiLight
78
RPG-ILE LABS c* 88 is for DSPATR(RI) c* c Eval c Write c Eval c c EndSR c* DISPLAY FILE : DSSFLCHAIN A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03) CF06(06) CF10(10) SFL SFLNXTCHG 4COLOR(RED) DSPATR(RI) 21COLOR(WHT) DSPATR(RI) 48EDTWRD(' . ') DSPATR(RI) COLOR(WHT) 59'Rs' SFLCTL(SFLDT) SFLSIZ(0006) SFLPAG(0005) SFLDSP SFLDSPCTL SFLCLR 18'Demo of SFLNXT Change' 4'Code Name Price' COLOR(WHT) 3'Enter upper limit for book ' COLOR(WHT) 40EDTWRD(' . ') COLOR(RED) 4'Press F6 to hi-light all r ith book prices greater tha rice' COLOR(TRQ)
R SFLDT 77 88 88 88 R SFLCTL 50 51 52 8 DCODE DNAME DPRICE 4S 0B 20A B 8 8 8
7Y 2B
2 7 4 DUSRPRC 7 2B 4 6
PF contents : Usual PFBM file. OUTPUT :
Enter a book price in the Upper Limit field. And press F6. All records where the book price is greater than the specified book price are highlighted. Reset of the records are not highlighted. REMARKS : Principle : Scan each record in the subfile using chain. For each record check if DPRICE is greater than DUSRPRC (which is user specified price) if DPRICE is larger, switch on indicators for SFLNXTCHG and DSPATR(RI) and call UPDATE. This maeks the
79
RPG-ILE LABS record active (in77) and hi-lights it (in88). Switch off both indicator. Proceed to the next record. In this manner all records are checked and MDT is set on for those who have bprice greater than specified. Hilighting is done only when SFLNXTCHG is on. If this is tried at other times, when SFLNXTCHG is off, there will be no effect.
STUDY PROGRAM For following program displays al records of the Book Master database file. It accepts book price from user and Displays all records where book price is 100 greater than specified book price in RI form.(reverse image) It displays records where bprice = specified bprice or upto specified bprice + 100 in Hi intensity (bname comes with a column sperator) Linkage : RPSFLCHAI1 Display file : DSSFLCHAI1 FDSSFLchai1CF E WORKSTN SFILE(SFLDT:RRN) FPFBM IF E DISK c* C* Study the effect and application of CHAIN on subfile. C* Access bprice from user. All records with Bprice greater c* specified are hilighted. c* c* drrn s 5i 0 inz(0) dtemp s 5i 0 inz(1) dcntr s 5i 0 inz(1) C EXSR CLRSR C EXSR LDSR c DoW *in03=*off c EXSR DSPSR C EXSR USRSR C EndDO C Seton C Return C* C* C Clrsr BegSR C Eval *in52 = *on C Write SflCTL C Eval *in52 = *off C EndSR C* C* C LDSR BegSR c Read bm c Dow Not %EOF c Eval DCode = BCode c Eval DName = BName c Eval DPrice = BPrice c Eval RRN = RRN + 1 c Eval Cntr = Cntr + 1 c Write SFLDT c Read bm c EndDo
lr
80
RPG-ILE LABS c EndSR c* c* c DspSR BegSR c Eval c Eval c Exfmt c Eval c Eval c EndSR c* c* c UsrSR BegSR c Eval c IF c* ___________________ c*|access each record | c*|of the subfile. | c*|if the record has | c*|bprice greater than| c*|the one specified, | c*|Hilight it otherwis| c*|leave it. | c*|___________________| c Dow c temp Chain c* in77 is for SFLNXTCHG c* c if c Eval c Eval c Update c Eval c Eval c Endif c if c Eval c Eval c Update c Eval c Eval c Endif c If c Eval c Eval c Eval c Update c Eval c* c EndIf c Eval c EndDo c****************** Exsr c EndIf c ENDSR c HiLight BegSR c* 88 is for DSPATR(RI) c* c Eval c Write c Eval
*in50=*on *in51=*on SFLCTL *in50=*off *in51=*off
temp=1 *in06=*on
temp< cntr SFLDT (Dprice *in77 = *in88 = SFLDT *in77 = *in88 = (Dprice *in77 = *in89 = SFLDT *in77 = *in89 = - DUsrPrc)> 100 *ON *ON *Off *Off - DUsrPrc)<=100 and Dprice >=dUsr *ON *ON *Off *Off
DPrice < DUsrPrc *in88 = *off *in89 = *off *in77 = *on SFLDT *in77 = *off temp=temp+1 HiLight
81
RPG-ILE LABS c c c* DISPLAY FILE : A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A LAB : DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03) CF06(06) CF10(10) SFL SFLNXTCHG 4S 0B 20A B 8 4 DSPATR(RI) DSPATR(UL) EndSR
77 88 89 88 89 88 89
R SFLDT DCODE DNAME DPRICE
8 21
7Y 2B
DSPATR(RI) DSPATR(CS) 8 48EDTWRD(' DSPATR(RI) DSPATR(HI)
')
R SFLCTL 50 51 52
DUSRPRC
2B
8 59'Rs' SFLCTL(SFLDT) SFLSIZ(0006) SFLPAG(0005) SFLDSP SFLDSPCTL SFLCLR 2 18'Demo of SFLNXT Change' 7 4'Code Name Price' COLOR(WHT) 4 3'Enter upper limit for book ' COLOR(WHT) 4 40EDTWRD(' . ') COLOR(RED) 6 4'Press F6 to hi-light all r ith book prices greater tha rice' COLOR(TRQ)
Multiple active subfiles.
Linkage : rpmulti,dsmulti CODE : FDSMULTI FPFBM FPFBIO dRRN1 dRRN2 C C C C C CF IF IF E E E s s EXSR EXSR EXSR EXSR DOW WORKSTN DISK DISK 5i 0 5i 0 CLRSR1 CLRSR2 LDSR1 LDSR2 *IN03 = SFILE(SFLDT1:RRN1) SFILE(SFLDT2:RRN2) Prefix(x) inz(0) inz(0)
*OFF
82
RPG-ILE LABS C C C C C C C C C C C* C* C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C* C C C C C C C C C C C C* c c c c c c c c* c c c c c c c EXSR EXSR ENDDO EVAL Return Begsr Eval Write Eval EndSR Begsr Eval Write Eval EndSR Begsr Read Dow Eval Eval Eval Eval Write Read EndDo EndSR Begsr Read Dow Eval Eval Eval Eval Write Read EndDo EndSR BegSR Eval Eval Exfmt Eval Eval EndSR BegSR Eval Eval Exfmt Eval Eval EndSR : DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) DSPSR1 DSPSR2 *inlr = *on *in52 = *on SFLCTL1 *in52 = *off
CLRSR1
CLRSR2
*in62 = *on SFLCTL2 *in62 = *off
LDSR1
BM NOT %EOF DCode1 = BCode DName = BName DPrice = BPrice RRN1 = RRN1 + 1 SFLDT1 bm
LDSR2
Bio NOT %EOF DCode2 = xBCode DBin = XBin DBout = XBout RRN2 = RRN2 + 1 SFLDT2 bio
DSPSR1
*in51=*on *in50=*on SFLCTL1 *in50=*off *in51=*off
DSPSR2
*in61=*on *in60=*on SFLCTL2 *in60=*off *in61=*off
DISPLAY FILE A
83
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A R SFLDT1 DCODE1 DNAME DPRICE R SFLCTL1 50 51 52 1 3 R SFLDT2 DCODE2 DBIN DBOUT R SFLCTL2 60 61 62 4 4 4 0B 18 0B 18 0B 18 CA03(03) SFL 5COLOR(WHT) 18COLOR(WHT) 43EDTWRD(' . ') COLOR(WHT) 53'Rs' SFLCTL(SFLDT1) SFLDSP SFLDSPCTL SFLCLR SFLSIZ(0005) SFLPAG(0004) 25'Book Master Information' COLOR(WHT) 6'Code Name Price' SFL 10 22 31 SFLCTL(SFLDT2) SFLDSP SFLDSPCTL SFLCLR SFLSIZ(0004) SFLPAG(0003) OVERLAY 12'Transaction Details' COLOR(RED) 11'Code IN OUT' COLOR(WHT)
4 20 7
0B B 2B
4 4 4 4
14 16
PF contents : PFBM : book master PFBIO : Book I/O file. OUTPUT :
Simple displays all records in the respective files in the respective subfiles. It is a simple display program. REMARKS : ---
LAB : Cursor location in the subfile. SFLCSRRRN Linkage : TESTRPG1, TESTSFL CODE : ftestsfl drrn d* c c c c cf e s Exsr Exsr Dow exsr workstn sfile(sfldt:rrn) 5i 0 inz(0) clrsr ldsr *in03=*off dspsr
84
RPG-ILE LABS c* n is declared in display file as a SFLCSRRRN variable. c n dsply c EndDo c Eval *inlr=*on c Return c* c* c Clrsr BegSR c Eval *in52=*on c Write SflCTL c Eval *in52=*off c EndSR c* c* c LDSR BegSR c do 10 c Eval DCode = rrn c Eval DName = 'aaa' c Eval DPrice = rrn * 5 c Eval rrn=rrn+1 c Write SFLDT c Enddo c EndSR c* c DSPSR BegSR c Eval *in50=*on c Eval *in51=*on c Exfmt SflCTL c Eval *in50=*off c Eval *in51=*off c EndSR DISPLAY A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A FILE : R SFLDT DCODE DNAME DPRICE R SFLCTL 50 51 52 DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03) SFL 4 20 7 0B B 2B 6 7 6 18 6 41EDTWRD(' . SFLCTL(SFLDT) SFLDSP SFLDSPCTL SFLCLR SFLSIZ(0005) SFLPAG(0004) SFLCSRRRN(&N) 3 7'test subfile' ')
5S 0H
PF contents : nil OUTPUT :
SFLCSRRRN loads the rrn number of the record where cursor is present into the supplied variable : N. Thus if cursor is on the second page and second record (and page size is 5 ) then n=7.
85
RPG-ILE LABS REMARKS : Can get direct access to exact rrn number of the subfile where the cursor is located. LAB : Use SFLCRSRRN,SFLRCDNBR to access record positions of a subfile and display transaction details of book in a transaction file. Linkage : TESTRPG2,sUBMOD, Display : TESTSFL CODE : TESTRPG2 : D* D* c c SUBMOD : FTestsfl cf e workstn sfile(sfldt:rrn) sfile(sfldt1:rrn FPFBM IF E Disk FPFbio IF E Disk Prefix(x) drrn s 5i 0 inz(0) drrn1 s 5i 0 inz(0) dtemp s 4s 0 inz(0) d* Procedure prototypes dclrsr pr dldsr pr ddspsr pr dUsrsr pr dclrsr1 pr dldsr1 pr 5i 0 d 4s 0 ddspsr1 pr dShowSubfile pr d 4s 0 d* --------------d* Main Procedure. d* --------------c Eval drecptr=1 c CAllp clrsr c Callp ldsr c Dow *in03=*off c Callp dspsr c* c If *in06=*on c Eval *in06=*off c callp UsrSR c EndIf c* c EndDo c Eval *inlr=*on c Return c* c* _____________________________________ c* PClrSR B dclrsr pi
Callb Eval
'SUBMOD' *inlr=*on
86
RPG-ILE LABS c Eval *in52=*on c Write SflCTL c Eval *in52=*off PClrSR E c* c* PLdSR B dLdsr pi c Read BM c dow Not %EOF c Eval DCode = BCode c Eval DName = BName c Eval DPrice = BPrice c Eval rrn = rrn + 1 c Write SFLDT c Read BM c Enddo PLdSR E c* c* PDspSR B DDspSR PR c Eval *in50=*on c Eval *in51=*on c if n <> 0 c Eval drecptr = n c EndIf c Exfmt SflCTL c Eval *in50=*off c Eval *in51=*off PDspSR E c* PUsrSR B DUsrSR PR dtemp s 4s 0 inz(0) c* check where the cursor is. c* if n is zero, cursor is not in the subfile at all. c* n is a parameter given to SFLCSRRRN in the subfile. c* c If n=0 c return c endIf c* read the subfile record where cursor is present c n chain sfldt c* c* -----------------------------------------c* show matching records in the transaction file in a new subfile. c Eval temp = dcode c Callp ShowSubfile(temp) PUsrSR E c* c*=================================================== c* showsubfile displays the second subfile containing c* matching records from the transaction file. c* PShowSubFile B DShowSubFile PI dtheCode 4s 0 dretval s 5i 0 c*arg theCode contains the dcode, c callp clrsr1
87
RPG-ILE LABS c Eval retval = ldsr1(theCode) c* c If retval =-1 c* no records were loaded !!! c 'no records !'dsply c return c EndIf c* c callp dspsr1 c return PShowSubFile e PClrsr1 b dClrsr1 PI c Eval rrn1=0 c Eval *in62=*on c Write sflctl1 c Eval *in62=*off PClrsr1 e c* PLdsr1 b dLdsr1 PI 5i 0 dbkcode 4s 0 dretval s 5i 0 c 'filter :' dsply c bkcode dsply c Eval rrn1 = 0 c 1 Setll bio c Read bio c Dow Not %EOF c* c* pickup only records where bcode matches c If xBCode = bkcode c Eval DCode1 = xBCode c Eval DBin = xBin c Eval DBout = xBout c Eval RRN1 = RRN1 +1 c write Sfldt1 c EndIf c Read bio c Enddo c If rrn1=0 c* No records where loaded!!! c 'no rec !' dsply c Eval retval=-1 c return retval c else c Eval retval=1 c return retval c c EndIf PLdsr1 E PDspSR1 B c Eval *in60 = *On c Eval *in61 = *On c Exfmt Sflctl1 c Eval *in60 = *Off c Eval *in61 = *Off PDspSR1 E DISPLAY FILE :
88
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03) CF06(06) SFL 4 20 7 0B B 2B 6 7 6 18 6 41EDTWRD(' . SFLCTL(SFLDT) SFLSIZ(0005) SFLPAG(0004) SFLDSP SFLDSPCTL SFLCLR SFLCSRRRN(&N) SFLRCDNBR ')
R SFLDT DCODE DNAME DPRICE R SFLCTL 50 51 52 DRECPTR N
4S 0H 5S 0H
60 61 62
R SFLDT1 DCODE1 DBIN DBOUT R SFLCTL1
4 57'F6 : lookup Transaction' COLOR(BLU) 1 9'Book Master Records' COLOR(RED) SFL 4S 0B 17 10 4S 0B 17 20 4S 0B 17 29 SFLCTL(SFLDT1) SFLDSP SFLDSPCTL SFLCLR SFLSIZ(0005) SFLPAG(0004) OVERLAY 15 23'Transaction Details...' COLOR(RED) DSPATR(UL)
PF contents : Frist subfile displays all records records from PFBIO. The selection place cursor on a record and press and transaction records related to is displayed. of the PFBM. Second subfile displays select criteria comes from the frist subfile. Use will F6. The dcode at the cursor location is scanned that bcode are loaded into the second subfile that
OUTPUT : All contents of Book master, select contents of BIO table. (PFBM and PFBIO are accessed) REMARKS : --LAB : Window Subfile Linkage : DSWINSFL LAB : Window Subfile.
Linkage :
89
RPG-ILE LABS CODE : A A A A A A A A A A A A A A DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03) SFL 10COLOR(RED) 19COLOR(WHT) 33EDTWRD(' . ') COLOR(WHT) 43'Rs' SFLCTL(SFLDT) SFLDSP SFLDSPCTL SFLCLR SFLSIZ(0011) SFLPAG(0007) . OVERLAY 18'Subfile Test' COLOR(WHT) 10'Code' COLOR(WHT) 20'Name' COLOR(WHT) 34'Price' COLOR(WHT)
R SFLDT DCODE DNAME DPRICE R SFLCTL
4 20 7
0B B 2B
7 7 7 7
50 51 52
A A A A A A A A A
WINDOW(2 2 16 60)
4 6 6 6
Subfile code for RPG remains the same. PF contents :
OUTPUT
REMARKS :
90
RPG-ILE LABS
LAB : Introduction to Triggers. Database Trigger programming.

STRUCTURE OF STUDENT MASTER (SM) PF : A R SMAS A SROLL 4S 0 A SNAME 10A CAUTION : FOLLOWING PROGRAM GIVES INCORRECT RESULTS FOR C EVAL VCD2=%TRIM(%SUBST(VCD1:NOFF:4))
SUITABLE FUNCTION TO CONVERT THE CHARECTER REPRESENTATION OF A STRING INTO NUMERIC IS REQUIRED. REST OF THE PROGRAM GIVES THE DATA IN THE RECORD SEND BY THE DB ENGINE TO THIS PROGRAM VIA COMMAND LINE ARGUMENTS. DPARM1 DS 130 DNOFF 65 68B 0 DPARM2 DS DLENG 1 40 DLEN1 S 4S 0 DVCD1 S 130A DVCD2 S 10A DROLLNO S 4F D* ___________________________________________________ C *ENTRY PLIST C PARM1 PARM PARM1 C PARM2 PARM PARM2 C NOFF DSPLY C* C EVAL VCD1=PARM1 C EVAL VCD2=%TRIM(%SUBST(VCD1:NOFF:4)) C VCD2 DSPLY C ADD 5 NOFF C EVAL VCD2=*BLANKS C EVAL VCD2=%SUBST(VCD1:NOFF:10) C VCD2 DSPLY C* 5STUDENT5 C EVAL *INLR=*ON C RETURN C*
91
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Working with Procedures in the ILE program. Compilation procedure. Variable life time and scoping. Local and Global variables. Using procedure in the same application : Create the Following program : P1 TYPE : RPGLE. * --------------------------* * --------------------------DADDNUM pr 5i 0 dA1 5i 0 dA2 5i 0 DA s 5i 0 DB s 5i 0 DX s 5i 0 c eval A=5 c eval B=20 c eval x=ADDNUM(A:B) c X dsply c seton C* ____________________________________________ C* PADDNUM B DADDNUM PI 5I 0 DNUM1 5I 0 DNUM2 5I 0 DRES S 5I 0 C EVAL RES=NUM1+NUM2 C RETURN RES PADDNUM E
LR
Use option 15 to create a Module object. Then use command CRTPGM to create program object. For CRTPGM, specify the module as P1 and program object name as any name like , say, P1. this creates a P1 object in the current library.
92
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : PASS ARGUMENTS BY VALUE / PASS BY REFERENCE MODULE R0 CALLS PROCEDURES IN MODULES R1 (ILLUSTRATES CALL BY REF AND CALL BY VALUE ) DFN1 DX1 DFN2 DX2 DNUM1 DNUM2 C C C C C C C PR PR S S NUM1 NUM1 NUM2 NUM2 DSPLY CALLP DSPLY DSPLY CALLP DSPLY SETON 5I 0 5I 0 VALUE 5I 0 INZ(10) 5I 0 INZ(10) FN1(NUM1) FN2(NUM2) LR
MODULE R1 DEFINES MODULES : HNOMAIN DFN1 DA DFN2 DB PFN1 DFN1 DA C C C PFN1 PFN2 DFN2 DB C C C PFN2 PR PR 5I 0 5I 0 VALUE B PI IF EVAL ENDIF EXPORT 5I 0 A = 10 A = A + 1
E B PI
EXPORT IF EVAL ENDIF 5I 0 VALUE B = 10 B = B + 1
93
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : CALL SUBROUTINES FROM PROCEDURES. R0 CALL 1 PROCEDURE FROM THE R1 MODULE : LISTING OF R0 : DFN1 DX1 DNUM1 DNUM2 C NUM1 C C NUM1 C PR S S DSPLY CALLP DSPLY SETON 5I 0 5I 0 INZ(10) 5I 0 INZ(10) FN1(NUM1) LR
R1 DEFINES THE PROCEDURES (ONE IS EXPORTED) LISTING OF R1 : HNOMAIN DFN1 DA DFN2 DB PFN1 DFN1 DA D* C C C C C* C SR1 C C PFN1 PFN2 DFN2 DB C C C PFN2 PR PR B PI IF CALLP ENDIF EXSR BEGSR EVAL ENDSR E B PI IF EVAL ENDIF
5I 0 5I 0 VALUE EXPORT 5I 0 A=10 FN2(A) SR1 A=A+5
5I 0 VALUE B = 10 B = B + 1
LAB : Calling CL (CLLE) Modules from the RPGLE program. Rpgle Source program that call the CLLE procedure : * ---------------------------------| CALLING BOUND CLLE PROCEDURE | * ---------------------------------DPROC1 PR C CALLB 'PROC1' C SETON CLLE Program called by the above RPGLE program : 0001.00 pgm
LR
94
RPG-ILE LABS 0002.00 WRKSPLF 0003.00 endpgm
LAB : CALLB R0 : CLIENT APPLICATION : DFN1 DX1 DNUM1 C C NUM1 C C NUM1 C PR S CALLB DSPLY CALLP DSPLY SETON 5I 0 5I 0 INZ(10) 'R1' FN1(NUM1) LR
<-- DIRECT CALL TO R1
R1 MODULE HAS MAIN CODE : NOMAIN IS REMOVED. DFN1 PR DA 5I 0 DVAL1 S 5I 0 INZ(10) C CALLP FN1(VAL1) C 'MAINCODE END'DSPLY C SETON C*__________________________________________ PFN1 B EXPORT DFN1 PI DA 5I 0 D* C IF A=10 C EVAL A=A+10 C ENDIF PFN1 E
LR
95
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : *VARSIZE RPCLIENT : Main line code : DFn1 DStr1 dS1 dS2 dS3 c c C C C C C PR s s s Callp Callp Callp Eval Return 4a 3a 8a 1a OPTIONS(*VARSIZE) inz('abc') inz('abcxyzmn') inz('a')
Fn1(s1) Fn1(s2) Fn1(s3) *inlr = *on
RPAVG : NOMAIN Module used by RPCLIENT H NOMAIN dMyds dLnNum dStatus d* dFn1 dstr PFn1 dFn1 dstr1 dRslt c c c rslt PFn1 sds
21 *status
28
PR B PI s Eval Dsply
4a 4a 20a
OPTIONS(*VARSIZE) Export OPTIONS(*VARSIZE)
Rslt = 'I Got : '+ str1
96
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Creating Service programs. Accesing methods from client programs.bind by REFERENCE. CRTSRVPGM : SPECIFY NAME AS S1. MODULE : R1 CRTPGM : PROGRAM NAME : P2 MODULE : R0 SERVICE PROGRAM NAME : S1 CALL P2 TO TEST P2. LAB : Binder Directory. CRTBNDDIR : Create the B1 object. WRKBNDDIR : To Add entries select option 9. LAB : Importing and Exporting Procedures and Variables. R0 EXPORTS A VARIABLE TO BE ACCESSED AND CHANGED BY ANOTHER MODULE R1. LISTING OF RO : DFN1 DX1 DNUM1 DNUM2 C C C C C C C PR S S 5I 0 5I 0 INZ(10) 5I 0 INZ(25) 'R1' FN1(NUM1) LR EXPORT
NUM2 NUM2 NUM1 NUM1
DSPLY CALLB DSPLY DSPLY CALLP DSPLY SETON
R1 MODULE : H* DNUM2 S 5I 0 IMPORT DFN1 PR DA 5I 0 DVAL1 S 5I 0 INZ(10) C CALLP FN1(VAL1) C EVAL NUM2=NUM2+100 C NUM2 DSPLY C 'MAINCODE END'DSPLY C SETON C* C* ----------------------------------------PFN1 B EXPORT DFN1 PI DA 5I 0 D* C IF A=10
LR
97
RPG-ILE LABS C C PFN1 OUTPUT : DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY 25 125 MAINCODE END 125 10 20 EVAL ENDIF E A=A+10
98
RPG-ILE LABS
LAB : Binder Language and UPDSRVPGM. CLIENT APPLICATION CODE : LECLI1 IN LESRC SOURCE FILE. * CALLING A PROCEDURE FROM SERVICE PROGRAM LESER2 * dADDNUM pr 5i 0 dA1 5i 0 dSUBNUM pr 5i 0 dA1 5i 0 D* __________________________________ Da s 5i 0 Db s 5i 0 Dx s 5i 0 c eval a=5 c eval b=20 c eval x=a+ADDNUM(B) c X dsply C* ------- ASKING FOR SOMETHING ILLEGAL... C EVAL X=A+SUBNUM(B) C X DSPLY c seton
lr
SERVER APPLICATION CODE : WE SHALL EXPORT ONLY THE ADNUM AND SUBNUM FUNCTIONS OUT OF THE TOTAL 4 FUNCTIONS DEFINED IN THE LESER1 MODULE. (IN THE LESRC SOURCE PF) HNOMAIN H* ____________PROTOTYPE SECTION ____________ H* __________________________________________ DADDNUM pr 5i 0 DA1 5i 0 DSUBNUM pr 5i 0 DA2 5i 0 DMULNUM pr 5i 0 DA2 5i 0 DDIVNUM pr 5i 0 DA2 5i 0 D* __________ PROTOTYPE SECTION ENDS __________ D* -------------------------------------------D* PADDNUM B export DADDNUM PI 5i 0 DA1 5i 0 Dresult S 5i 0 C eval result=A1+1 C 'ADDING**' DSPLY C return result PADDNUM e P* __________________________________________ PSUBNUM B export DSUBNUM PI 5i 0 DA2 5i 0 Dresult S 5i 0 C eval result=A2-1 C 'SUBTRACT*' DSPLY C return result PSUBNUM e P* __________________________________________
99
RPG-ILE LABS PMULNUM B export DMULNUM PI 5i 0 DA2 5i 0 Dresult S 5i 0 C eval result=A2*2 C return result PMULNUM e P* __________________________________________ PDIVNUM B export DDIVNUM PI 5i 0 DA2 5i 0 Dresult S 5i 0 C eval result=A2/2 C return result PDIVNUM e THE BINDER LANGUAGE MEMBER NAME : S1 STRPGMEXP export export endpgmexp PROCEDURE : 1. Create the client application (LECLI1) that calls the procedures ADDNUM and SUBNUM. The prototypes of the procedures are given in the client application. Use option 15 to create the Module oBject of the client application. 2. Create the LESER1 server application as specified in the above code. It contains 4 procedures, but we wish to export only the 2 procedures : ADDNUM and SUBNUM. 3. Now create a Binder Language member s1 of the type BND and specify the above code in it. IT is clear that ADDNUM and SUBNUM are the only procedures exported. 4. Use CRTSRVPGM to create a service program. Specify the name of the Service program as S1, Export as *SRCFILE, Export source file as LESRC (all our program members are in LESRC) and export source member as S1. Since the Binder language code S1 is guiding th process of creation of the service program, onlu the exported procedures are now available to client applications. 5. Finally, use CRTPGM to specify LECLI1 as the module (PEP) and S1 as the service program. The program P1 is created and can be run using CALL P1. 6. Make a change in the LECLI module : Write SOME code that uses MULNUM function. (SOMETHING LIKE EVAL X = mulnum(B) or so) After writing the code, convert the LECLI1 code to Module object by using option 15. The module creates OK with 00 severity. 7. Now try creating a program P2 using the LECLI1 Module and S1 service program (as we did while creating P1). The program is not created. This is because the Binder language code in the S1 (BND) object does not allow export of MULNUM procedure. Thus we need to make a change in the S1 Member. 8. Change the S1 Binder language member as follows : STRPGMEXP PGMLVL(*CURRENT) export SYMBOL(ADDNUM) export SYMBOL(SUBNUM) export SYMBOL(MULNUM) endpgmexp 9. Use Update Service program (UPDSRVPGM) to update this service program with the new Binder language definition (in addition, you also need to specify the LESER1 module object in the parameters of this command). TYPE : BND
PGMLVL(*CURRENT) SYMBOL(ADDNUM) SYMBOL(SUBNUM)
100
RPG-ILE LABS 10. Use CRTPGM to create a program object P2 from LECLI1 And S1 service program.
101
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Using CALLB to call main line code in a Module. Exchange data using IMPORT And EXPORT.
Calling Application Code : LEMNCLI TYPE : RPGLE

* ________________________________________________________ * THIS MODULE CALLS THE LEMN MODULE WITH A CALLB OPCODE. * N1 AND N2 ARE EXPORTED WHILE LEMN EXPORTS THE AVGNUM VARIABLE * WHICH CONTAINS THE AVERAGE CACULATED BY LEMN. * ________________________________________________________ * * DN1 s 5i 0 EXPORT DN2 s 5i 0 EXPORT DAVNUM s 5i 0 IMPORT C eval N1=10 C eval N2=10 C CALLB 'LEMN' C AVNUM DSPLY C SETON LR
Called Application Code : LEMN TYPE : RPGLE

( Note * : Module name should be in CAPS. ) ________________________________________________________ * THIS MODULE HAS MAIN LINE CODE THAT WILL BE CALLED * BY CLIENT APPLICATION USING CALLB OPCODE. * N1 N2 VALUES COME FROM THE CLIENT APPLICATION * WHILE THE COMPUTED VALUE OF AVNUM (AVERAGE) IS EXPORTED * BY THIS MODULE. * ________________________________________________________ * * DN1 s 5i 0 IMPORT DN2 s 5i 0 IMPORT DAVNUM s 5i 0 EXPORT C eval AVNUM=((N1+N2)/2) C SETON
LR
Creation : Use option 15 for both to create their respective module objects and then use CRTPGM to create a program out of those modules. * * *
102
RPG-ILE LABS
COMPARISON CHART
RPG/400 OPM Model All variables global Subroutines for modularity Only 1 H specs 50 F specs FC for giving additional details HFELICO Dynamic calls OPM debugger Opcodes are 5 characters Data types : S,P,A,L etc C-specs for calculation No built-in functions Not ideal for huge projects and serious dead lines Poor readability Programs run in def act grp RPG ILE ILE Model Global as well as local Subroutines, procedures and modules give very high degree of modularity and ease of of software Testing Many Many Keywords instead of FC HFDICOP Dynamic and Static calls ILE debugger 10 characters max D specs CX : extended C specs : EVAL New opcodes : IF, DOW, SELECT, CALLB Large number of Built-in functions Very mature : ease of coding. Code reuse, modularity and ease of testing making development fasters Improved readability Can run in dft act grp (provided ILE extensions are not used) in a compatilbity mode. Can be run in separate activation groups (recommended) OPD shared by programs need not share same fil epointer if programs run in separate activation groups. Only 1 indicator. Multiple indicators converted to multiple lines. Structured and planned : All declarations go in D specs Indicatorless programming : Functions tell status.
ODP shared by programs tend to have problems with recordf pointer position 3 indicators to condition C-spec line Scaterred : declarations in I,C and E specs Indicators to know result of operations
103
RPG-ILE LABS
OPERATION EXTENDERS : RPG/400 READ BM N 55
N is to read a record without locking the same ILE RPG : READ(N) BM 5
(H) : Half Adjust Result of calculation to be ROUNDED.(exceptions are DIV,MVR) (P) : Pad the resulting string on the RIGHT hand side rather than left hand side. Suppose S1 = ABC (size of this var is 3) Suppose S2 = bbbbbbbb ( 8 spaces ) MOVE S1 S2 Causes a padding of S2 on left. S2 = bbbbbABC MOVE(P) S1 S2
Causes a padding of S2 on the Right. Padding is done for MOVEA,MOVEL,SUBST,XLATE
104
RPG-ILE LABS CHEAT SHEET THE LIMITS CHEAT SHEET MAX RECORDS IN PF : 10,000 + 3000 MAX FIELDS IN PF : 7000 MAX KEYED FIELDS IN PF : 8 MAX LF BASED ON PF : 32 MAX DECIMAL POSITIONS FOR ZONED / PACKED : 30 MAX LENGTH OF CHARACTER FIELD : 32,767 MAX VALUES FOR SPACEA AND SPACEB : 255 FIELD / ARRAY NAME = DS NAME = FILE NAM = REC FMT NAME = 10 CONSTANT SIZE = 1024 DS SIZE = 32767 NO OF ARRAY ELEMENTS = 32767 NAMED CONSTANT = 1024 SEE PAGE 38 OF MOVING TO ILE
105
RPG-ILE LABS MORE ON SPECIFICATIONS F specs FX SPECS E SPECS L SPECS : : : : PROGRAM DECSRIBED FILES EXTERNALLY DESCRIBED FILES. EXTENSION SPECS : ELIMITED IN RPG ILE LINE COUNTER SPECS : ELIMITED IN RPG ILE
Notes and TESTED programs : The Integrated Language Environment introduced with OS/400 Version 2 Release 3 and the new RPG IV language definition in Version 3 Release 1 writes the next chapter on RPG and AS/400 programming. The RPG IV language: 1. Re-formats and simplifies the RPG specifications forms and at the same time. 2. Adds new functions, most of them to answer customer requests. 3. Removes some of the column-orientation limitations and introduces the 4. capability of free-format arithmetic expressions and built-in functions. 5. Lifts the RPG file, field and array name length restrictions. 6. Expands and removes some of the language limitations, such as the number 7. of files, and the number and size of arrays. 8. Allows usage of uppercase and lowercase in symbolic names. 9. Offers better support for date and time operations. 10. Adds new functions and improves some of the existing functions. 11. Prepares the languages for future enhancements and growth. 12. Allows participation in the new Integrated Language Environment (ILE).
106
RPG-ILE LABS CONVERSION CONSIDERATIONS CVTRPGSRC Source: details of the Source RPG file, member type, Soruce PF and library Target : Name of LE source physical file,Member name and library name. EXPAND COPY MEMBER EXPCPY: SET THIS TO *YES If you are using a /COPY in the source member. FREE and DEBUG operations in RPG /400 are not supported in RPG LE.
H-SPEC KEYWORDS ALTSEQ CURSYM DATEDIT DATFMT DEBUG DECEDIT DFTNAME FORMSALIGN FTRANS Alternate collating sequence Currency symbol Date edit code Date format Debug option Decimal notation 80 Program or module identification Forms alignment File translation
107
RPG-ILE LABS Lab : Select a record format from a LF (amongst the multiple record formats) Create 2 physical files : BMAST and PMAST (book master and publisher master) Create a LF as follows : A A A A A A A A A R BM BCODE BNAME BPRICE K *NONE R PM PCODE PNAME K *NONE PFILE(BKMAST)
PFILE(PMAST)
The LF combines all fields in the 2 physical files as shown above. RUNQRY on the LF returns records only from the first record format. From ILE (or RPG) you can specify which record format is to be accessed as follows : FJOINLF IF C C BCODE C BNAME C BPRICE C PCODE C E READ DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY SETON DISK JOINLF INCLUDE(BM) 44
LR
RPG/400 EQUIVALENT -----------------FFILE1 F FMT1 F FMT2 F FMT3 UF E DISK KIGNORE KIGNORE KCOMMIT
This renaming of input database fields is not required in RPG IV since the limits have been increased.
108
RPG-ILE LABS
NEW / ENHANCED KEYWORDS

KEYWORD{(VALUE)} COMMIT{(RPG-NAME)} DATFMT(format{seperator}) FORMLEN(number) FORMOFL(number) OFLIND(indicator) PLIST(Plist parameters) RECNO(fieldname) RENAME(ExtFmtNam:IntFmtNa m) SFILE(rcdFmtNam:RRN) TIMFMT(format{seperator}) USROPN RPG/400 COMIT option in FC spec N/a Pos 18-19 on L-specs Pos 20-22 on L specs Pos 33-34 PLIST option on continuation line RECNO option on cont line RENAME option on cont line SFILE option on cont N/a UC on pos 71-72 DESCRIPTION Commitment control Form length of PRINTER file Line number specified in overflow line Overflow indicator Parm list to be passed to program given in PGMLIST keyword DISK file processed by RRN To rename rec fmt of externally desc files. First param is SFLDT sec is RRN variable Default time format and optional time seperator User controlled open of file
109
RPG-ILE LABS Chapter 3 : RPG FUNCTIONS AND FEATURES (MOVING TO ILE) FOCUS : FUNCTIONAL ENHANCEMENTS. LAB : Study of RENAMED opcodes Some of them are RETURN, OCCUR,SETOFF,UNLOCK,WHENxx LAB : RENAMING a record format name FpfBMAST iF C C bcode C C E Read Dsply Eval Return DISK newBM rename(bm:newbm) 88
*inlr =*on
110
RPG-ILE LABS
CHAPTER 3 : ILE ADVANCED CONCEPTS
LAB : Working with Date validation. Program to accept date as a simple number and test of it is valid or not. Program writes in Date value to a date variable only if the value is Valid. This is the best way of entering dates from the user. BEST PRACTICE : Input the date from the user as a sinple 6S 0 numeric value. Proper edit code and edit word should be used. Test this number (for example : 311204 using the TEST(D) opcode. Specify the proper Format (such as *DMY) in the factor 1 and check the state f the indicator in the LO section. Of the Indicator remains off, the date is correct. This,way, the onus of checking correctness of the date (including leap years and other factors) is on the system. Even the PSSR or ERRMSG is not required. Display file listing : DSDATE2 : A A A A A A A A A A A A DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03) 5 10'INPUT THE DATE YOU WISH TO TEST 8 10'===> ' COLOR(BLU) 6Y 0B 8 17EDTWRD(' / / ') EDTMSK(' & & ') 6 10'(Format : DD/MM/YY' 6 29')' 12 11'Press ENTER to check...' COLOR(BLU)
R RDATE
FLD001
INPUT THE DATE YOU WISH TO TEST (Format : DD/MM/YY ) ===> ________
Press ENTER to check...
RPGLE program : RPDATE2 : H DATFMT(*DMY) FDsdate2 CF E WORKSTN DDT1 S D D* fld001 IS A 6S 0 FIELD : SIMPLE NUMERIC FIELD BUT HAS APPEARANCE D* OF DATE FIELD DUE TO EDIT WORD AND EDIT MASK.
111
RPG-ILE LABS D* __________________________________________________________________ D* C DOW *IN03 = *OFF C MOVE *ZEROS fld001 C EXFMT RDATE C *DMY TEST(D) fld001 77 C IF *IN77 = *ON C EVAL *IN77 = *OFF C 'INVALID' DSPLY C ELSE C *DMY MOVE fld001 DT1 C DT1 DSPLY C ENDIF C ENDDO C SETON LR Lab : sample Data entry and validation program. Display file : DSDATAENT A*%%TS A*%%EC A A A A A A*%%TS A A A A A A A A A A A A 90 A A 91 A A 92 A A A A A A A SD 20040704 073607 SAM2 REL-V3R7M0 5716-PW1
DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CF10(10) CA12(12) CF07(07) SD R RDATAENT 20040704 073607 SAM2 1 5 8 10 12 DCODE DNAME DPRICE 4S 0B 10A 8 REL-V3R7M0 5716-PW1 8'BOOK MASTER DATA ENTRY' 2'SPECIFY THE DATA AND PRESS F10 TO SAVE' COLOR(BLU) 3'CODE : ' COLOR(WHT) 3'NAME : ' COLOR(WHT) 3'PRICE : ' COLOR(WHT) 12COLOR(WHT) DSPATR(RI) 12COLOR(WHT) DSPATR(RI) 12EDTWRD(' . ') DSPATR(RI) COLOR(WHT) 4'_________________________________________ ' COLOR(BLU) 5'F10:SAVE F12:CANCEL F7:VALIDATE' COLOR(BLU)
B 10
7Y 2B 12 17 18
Module for validation : MVLD000001 HNOMAIN FPFBM5 UF A E F* D* --- VALIDATION --D* DVLD_DT PR DDCODE DISK
4S 0 4S 0 VALUE
112
RPG-ILE LABS DI1 1A DDNAME 10A VALUE DI2 1A DDPRICE 7S 2 VALUE DI3 1A D* --- SAVE DATA TO PFBM5 --D* DSAVE_DATA PR 4S 0 DDCODE 4S 0 VALUE DDNAME 10A VALUE DDPRICE 7S 2 VALUE P*1 PSAVE_DATA B EXPORT DSAVE_DATA PI 4S 0 DDCODE 4S 0 VALUE DDNAME 10A VALUE DDPRICE 7S 2 VALUE DRETVAL S 4S 0 INZ(1) C* DOES ALL SAVING TO PHYSICAL FILE C* C READ BM C EVAL BCODE=DCODE C EVAL BNAME=DNAME C EVAL BPRICE=DPRICE C WRITE BM C* CHECK WRITE ERROR C IF *IN77=*ON C EVAL RETVAL=0 C* WRITE WAS NOT SUCCESSFUL C* C ELSE C EVAL RETVAL=1 C* WRITE WAS SUCCESSFUL C ENDIF C RETURN RETVAL PSAVE_DATA E PVLD_DT B EXPORT DVLD_DT PI 4S 0 DDCODE 4S 0 VALUE DI1 1A DDNAME 10A VALUE DI2 1A DDPRICE 7S 2 VALUE DI3 1A DRETVAL S 4S 0 INZ(1) C* C* START VALIDATION FOR DCODE C* C IF ((DCODE<100) OR (DCODE > 700)) C EVAL I1 = '1' C ELSE C EVAL I1 = '0' C ENDIF C*C* C* START VALIDATION FOR DNAME C* C IF DNAME=*BLANKS C EVAL I2 = '1' C ELSE C EVAL I2 = '0'
44
77
113
RPG-ILE LABS C ENDIF C* C* START VALIDATION FOR DPRICE C* C IF DPRICE<0 C EVAL I3 = '1' C ELSE C EVAL I3 = '0' C ENDIF C* C* ATLEAST 1 INDICATOR IS ON IF DATA IS NOT VALID C* ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ C IF ((I1 = '1') OR (I2 = '1') OR (I3 = '1')) C EVAL RETVAL=0 C ELSE C EVAL RETVAL=1 C ENDIF C* C RETURN RETVAL C* PVLD_DT E P* -----------------------------------------The Entry point module : RPDATAENT Displays the display file for user to input data. FDSDATAENT CF E WORKSTN ENTRY FILE F* D* ----------------------------------------DRETVAL S 4S 0 INZ(1) DRETARR S 4S 0 DIM(20) D* D* -----------------------------------------D* RETVAL,RETARR CONTAINS GENERAL ERROR CODE D* AND VARIABLE SPECIFIC ERROR CODE D* ----------------------------------------D* PROCEDURE PROTOTYPES BEGIN DVALIDATE_DATA PR 4S 0 DDCODE 4S 0 VALUE DDNAME 10A VALUE DDPRICE 7S 2 VALUE DVLD_DT PR 4S 0 DDCODE 4S 0 VALUE DI1 1A DDNAME 10A VALUE DI2 1A DDPRICE 7S 2 VALUE DI3 1A DSAVE_DATA PR 4S 0 DDCODE 4S 0 VALUE DDNAME 10A VALUE DDPRICE 7S 2 VALUE D* PROCEDURE PROTOTYPES END C DOW *IN12 = *OFF C EXFMT RDATAENT C*-( C IF *IN12 = *ON C EVAL *INLR = *ON C RETURN DATA
MAIN MAIN
114
RPG-ILE LABS C C C C C C C C C C C C ENDIF IF EVAL EVAL EVAL EVAL IF EVAL ENDIF ENDIF ENDDO *IN07=*ON *IN90 = *OFF *IN91 = *OFF *IN92 = *OFF RETVAL=VLD_DT(DCODE:*IN90:DNAME:*IN91:DPRICE :*IN92) RETVAL = 1 RETVAL = SAVE_DATA(DCODE:DNAME:DPRICE)
115
RPG-ILE LABS
LAB : First program for Pointer operation DN1 DS1 DPtr1 C C C S1 C S S S 4S 0 inz(120) 4A * Ptr1 = %ADDR (N1) S1 = %Str(Ptr1) *inlr = *on
EVAL EVAL DSPLY EVAL
LAB : Second program on pointers DS1 S 4A inz('pqrs') DS2 S 4A DPtr1 S * C EVAL Ptr1 = %ADDR (S1) C EVAL S2 = %Str(Ptr1) C S2 DSPLY C*output : pqrs C EVAL S1 = *BLANKS C EVAL %Str(Ptr1:5) = 'abcd' C* In the above expr. abcd is loaded into the pointer C* from position 1 of abcd to position 4 abcd. Scanning stops at C* position 5. thus 5 is the number of characters read from the RHS C* expression. C* OUTPUT : abcd C S1 dsply C EVAL *inlr = *on LAB : Third program on pointers Pointer to a Data Structure. Later, this pointer can be passed as argument to a validation procedure. The procedure will write results of the validation to the data structure. DDS1 ds DS1 30A DS2 30A DS3 30A DPtr1 S * Dstr S 90A D*------------------------------------------C EVAL Ptr1 = %Addr(DS1) C eval str = 'CODE not between 100&700 C 'Name cannot be BLANK ' + C 'Price cannot be Negative' C EVAL %Str(Ptr1:(%Size(str)+1))=str C S1 DSPLY c S2 DSPLY c S3 DSPLY C EVAL *INLR = *ON LAB : Pointers
'
Linkage : RPPOINTER CODE :
116
RPG-ILE LABS Ds1 s 5a inz('xyz') Ds2 s 5a inz(' ') Dps1 s * c Eval ps1 = %Addr(s1) c Eval %Str(ps1:4) = 'abc' c* _____________________________________________________________ c* |%Str(ps1:4) <- Load 'abc' into positions 1,2,3 of ps1. c* |4th pos is for the terminator which is added automatically. c* |____________________________________________________________ c s1 Dsply c Eval s2 = %Str(ps1) c s2 Dsply c Eval *inlr=*on PF contents :
OUTPUT
REMARKS :
LAB :
Pointer
Linkage : --CODE : Ds1 Dn1 Ds2 Dps1 c c s s s s 5a inz(' 123') 5i 0 5a * ps1 = %Addr(s2) %STR(PS1:6) = S1
Eval Eval
c* Populate the first 5 positions of the variables to which ps1 points c* with contents of s2.6th position is for the terminator. c s2 c c c n1 c C* OUTPUT : C* 123 C* 124 PF contents : dsply Move Eval Dsply Eval s2 n1 = n1 + 1 *inlr=*on n1
117
RPG-ILE LABS OUTPUT :
REMARKS :
LAB :
Pointer oepration
Linkage : CODE : Linkage : RPPOINTER1 d* Illustrates passing a pointer as a argument to a function. d* Converting the text contents (actually '123') to numeric d* doing some processing on the numeric data and re-converting d* back to string and storing the result to pointer. d* dFn1 PR dp * d* Ds2 s 5a inz(' 107') Dps1 s * c Eval ps1 = %Addr(s2) c callp Fn1(Ps1) c s2 Dsply c Eval *inlr=*on c* ---------------------------------------c* PFn1 B DFn1 PI dpArg1 * dTemp s 5a dTempn s 5i 0 c Eval Temp = %Str(pArg1) c move Temp Tempn c Eval Tempn = Tempn + 1 c move Tempn Temp c Temp dsply c Eval %Str(pArg1:6) = Temp PFn1 E PF contents :
OUTPUT
REMARKS :
LAB : Return pointer to Data Structure
118
RPG-ILE LABS 2 modules implemented as follows : M1 and M2 M1 Listing : H DATFMT(*DMY) DDs001 ds DDys 2a DMnt 2a DYrs 2a DFind_Difference PR DD1 d DD2 d Dpr * D*--------------------------------------------------DD1 s D INZ(D'27/01/04') DD2 S D INz(D'15/03/04') Dpr s * inz(*NULL) dTemp s 8a D* c EVAL pr = %Addr(Ds001) C CAllp Find_Difference(D1:D2:pr) c EVAL Temp = %Str(pr:7) c Temp dsply C Eval *inlr = *on C Return C* ------------------------------------------------------M2 Listing : H* Module TO CALCULATE THE TIME DIFFERENCE BETWEEN 2 date VALUES. h NOMAIN DATFMT(*DMY) DFind_Difference PR DD1 d DD2 d Dpr * D* ------------------------------------------------PFind_Difference B export DFind_Difference PI DD1 d DD2 d Dpr * D*--DYrs s 2s 0 inz(0) DMnt s 2s 0 inz(0) Ddys s 2s 0 inz(0) DYrs1 s 2a DMnt1 s 2a Ddys1 s 2a Dtemp s 8a C D2 SUBDUR D1 Yrs:*Y C D1 addDUR Yrs:*Y D1 C D2 SUBDUR D1 Mnt:*M C D1 addDUR Mnt:*M D1 C D2 SUBDUR D1 Dys:*D c movel yrs yrs1 c movel mnt mnt1 c movel dys dys1 c EVAL temp = dys1+mnt1+yrs1 c EVAL %STR(pr:7) = temp C Return PFind_Difference E
119
RPG-ILE LABS
Purpose is to calculate days,months and years between 2 dates. The calculation is done by a procedure in module M2 which is NOMAIN module. It recieves D1,D2 and PR (pointer to DS defined in M1) Values are assigned to pointer that causes data to load into the DS defiend in M1. LAB : Linkage : CODE : Linkage : RPPOINTER2 Listing : d* d* __________________________________________________________ d* Simple program to illustrate a pointer to a Data structure. d* The pointer to DS is passed as a argument to a procedure d* Processing can be done in the procedure. d* ___________________________________________________________ d* dFn1 PR dp * dDS001 DS Ds1 15a inz('This is') Ds2 15a inz('a test') D* Dps1 s * c Eval ps1 = %Addr(DS001) c callp Fn1(Ps1) c Eval *inlr=*on c* ---------------------------------------c* PFn1 B DFn1 PI dpArg1 * dTemp0 s 30a dTemp1 s 15a dTemp2 s 15a c Eval Temp0 = %Str(pArg1) c Eval Temp1 = %Subst(Temp0:1:15) c Eval Temp2 = %Subst(Temp0:16:15) c Temp1 dsply c Temp2 dsply PFn1 E PF contents :
OUTPUT
REMARKS :
120
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Pointer to a DS
Linkage : CODE : Pass a pointer to DS to it in strings of length Main thing here is that component of DS) can be Only condition : Occurances * size of Base (s1 ) > = 10 d* d* __________________________________________________________ d* DS of any size can be passed. Only condition is as follows : d* (no of occurances * sizeof(s1) ) > 10 d* and should be a multiple of 10. d* ___________________________________________________________ d* TARGET : In the next program, show this data in a Window Subfile ! dFn1 PR dp * d 4s 0 d 4s 0 d***** dnOccurs s 4s 0 inz(40) d* // MUST contain no of occurances of the data structure. dnSize s 4s 0 inz(20) d* // MUST contain size of S1 which is the only member of the data d* // structure. dDS001 DS occurs(40) Ds1 20a inz('aaa') D* Dps1 s * c Eval ps1 = %Addr(DS001) c callp Fn1(Ps1:nOccurs:nSize) c Eval *inlr=*on c* ________________________________________ PFn1 B DFn1 PI dpArg1 * dnOccurs 4s 0 dnSize 4s 0 d*---------------------------------------dnLoops s 4s 0 dnStPos s 4s 0 dnCntr s 4s 0 inz(0) d*------------------------------------------dnBase s 4s 0 inz(10) d* nBase is always 10 !!! d*------------------------------------------d* var is the variable that will hold 10 positions of data from the input d* total data. dvar s 10a c Eval nLoops = (nOccurs * nSize)/10 c Do nLoops c Eval nStPos = (nBase * nCntr)+1 c Eval var = %Subst(%Str(pArg1):nStPos:nBase) a function that will decipher the data in the DS and display 10. Multi occurances of DS can be any value. The length of s1 (a any value.
121
RPG-ILE LABS c c c c c PFn1 var 'loops :' nLoops Eval Dsply EndDO dsply dsply nCntr = nCntr + 1
PF contents : OUTPUT :
REMARKS : Suppose Element s1 in DS001 is of the size 40. The number of occurances of the SD are 20. Total size = 40 * 20 = 800. WE wish to break this 800 into units of 10 since the variable that will hold the data will have a size of 10. Thus number of iterations for the loop that shows those 800 bytes are 800/10 = 80. WE access 10 positions at a time of this 800 characters long string by using substring(). Data type conversion LAB : Convert string to int Linkage : CODE : Linkage : RPCONV ds1 dn1 c c c c s s n1 5a inz('123') 5s 0 inz(108) n1 = %Int(s1) n1 = n1 + 1 *inlr = *on
Eval Eval dsply Eval
PF contents :
OUTPUT
REMARKS :
122
RPG-ILE LABS
LAB : Simple Error handling dMyPsds sds dSts *status derr_line_no 21 28 dnsts s 4s 0 inz(0) dArg1 s 4s 0 inz(12) dArg2 s 4s 0 inz(0) dRslt s 4s 0 inz(0) dRtPoint s 6a dTemp s 4s 0 inz(0) c '-------' Dsply c 'Start..' dsply c '-------' Dsply c Opr1 Tag c Eval Rslt = Arg1 / Arg2 c Rslt Dsply c '--- ' Dsply c Eval *inlr = *on c Return c* c* c *pssr BEGSR c Move sts nsts c Move err_line_no Temp c* is the error divide by zero ? ie 102 ? c If nsts = 102 c Eval Arg2=2 c else c* error is not a divide by zero End program. c Eval RtPoint = '*CANCL' c Endif c If RtPoint <> '*CANCL' c goto Opr1 c Endif c Endsr RtPoint OUTPUT : DSPLY ------DSPLY Start.. DSPLY ------DSPLY 6
Program requests a Starting position outside the string length thus causing control to jump into the PSSR error handler. PSSR displays lot of information.
123
RPG-ILE LABS FDSERR CF E WORKSTN DString1 s 10a inz('abcdefghij') DStPos s 2s 0 inz(3) DNumOfChar s 2s 0 inz(4) DRslt s 10a D* DMyPSDS sds DErr_Status *status DErr_ProcName *Proc DErr_Routine *Routine DERr_LineNum 21 28 DErr_ExcpType 40 42 DErr_ExcpNum 43 46 DErr_PgmLib 81 90 DErr_ExcpData 91 170 DErr_ExcpID 171 174 DErr_Date 191 198 DErr_Year 199 200s 0 DErr_User 254 263 DErr_FileInfo 209 243 D*-----------------------------------------------------------------c Eval Rslt = %SubSt(String1:StPos:NumOfChar) c Rslt Dsply c* output : cdef c Eval StPos = 10 c Eval NumofChar = 1 c Eval Rslt = *All' ' c Eval Rslt = %SubSt(String1:StPos:NumOfChar) c Rslt Dsply c* output : j c* ------------------------------------c* Deliberately cause an error condition c* give an invalid starting position. c* c Eval StPos = 12 c Eval NumofChar = 4 c Eval Rslt = *All' ' c Eval Rslt = %SubSt(String1:StPos:NumOfChar) c Rslt Dsply c* output : ? c 'Prg ENDED' DSPLY c Eval *inlr = *on c Return c* c* ===================================== c *PSSR BEGSR c movel Err_excpdata DExcpData c exfmt Rerr c 'pssr' DSPLY c 'Line number' dsply c Err_Linenum dsply c 'Err_Status' dsply c Err_Status dsply c 'Err_ProcName'dsply c Err_ProcName dsply c 'Err_Routine' dsply c Err_Routine dsply c 'Err_ExcpType'dsply c Err_ExcpType dsply c 'Err_ExcpNum' dsply c Err_ExcpNum dsply
124
RPG-ILE LABS c 'Err_PgmLib' dsply c Err_PgmLib dsply c* Err_ExcpData dsply c 'Err_ExcpID' dsply c Err_ExcpID dsply c 'Err_Date' dsply c Err_Date dsply c 'Err_Year' dsply c Err_Year dsply c 'Err_User' dsply c Err_User dsply c 'Err_FileInfo'dsply c Err_FileInfo dsply c EVAL StPos = 1 c EVAL NumOfChar = 3 c* c* c* GETIN causes control to start from the First C-spec line in the c* Program ! Cannot use GETIN c* GETIN actually stands for GET INPUT REC which reads next record c* from next run of the Logic Cycle. c* DETC also does same thing. Not specifying anything in the Factor 2 of c* ENDSR also does not solve the problem. The system error handler is c** displayed after PSSR executes of nothing is specified in Factor 2. C* solution to this problem can be found in the next lab. C* c* ENDSR '*GETIN' c* c ENDSR Output Error Data was displayed in a Display File : error data : Length or start position is out of range for the string operation. DSPLY cdef DSPLY j DSPLY pssr Err_Status Err_ProcName Err_Routine Err_ExcpType Err_ExcpNum Err_PgmLib Err_ExcpData Err_ExcpID Err_Date Err_Year Err_User Err_FileInfo
DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY
100 RPSCAN *DETC RNX 0100 SAM2 07062004 20 SAM2
LAB : Error Handling *************** Beginning of data ********************************* 0001.00 D* Program demonstrates Exception handling.Program has 0002.00 D* 3 SubSt statements. any of them can have an error.Typical 0003.00 D* error condition is simulated by setting starting position
125
RPG-ILE LABS 0004.00 0005.00 0006.00 0007.00 0008.00 0009.00 0010.00 0011.00 0012.00 0013.00 0014.00 0015.00 0016.00 0017.00 0018.00 0019.00 0020.00 0021.00 0022.00 0023.00 0024.00 0025.00 0026.00 0027.00 0028.00 0029.00 0030.00 0031.00 0032.00 0033.00 0034.00 0035.00 0036.00 0037.00 0038.00 0039.00 0040.00 0041.00 0042.00 0043.00 0044.00 0045.00 0046.00 0047.00 0048.00 0049.00 0050.00 0051.00 0052.00 0053.00 0054.00 0055.00 0056.00 0057.00 0058.00 0059.00 0060.00 0061.00 0062.00 0063.00 0064.00 D* for SubSt to an excessively large value. Thus a call D* to SubSt causes control to enter PSSR. The PSDS D* contains a important variable - Err_LineNum (u can change D* the name) that contains the line number of the code D* that caused the error. (this line number is the physical line D* number from the top of the code. Count lines occupied by Comment D* statement also !. D* Thus you can check against line number and cause a GOTO to D* appropriate position. D* D* ---------------------------------------------------------D* DString1 s 10a inz('abcdefghij') DStPos s 2s 0 inz(15) DNumOfChar s 2s 0 inz(4) DRslt s 10a DLineNum s 9s 0 inz(0) DMyPSDS sds DErr_Status *status DERr_LineNum 21 28 c OPR1 TAG c* Line number of following eval statement is 26. c Eval Rslt = %SubSt(String1:StPos:NumOfChar) c Rslt Dsply c* c* delibrately cause and error c* c Eval StPos = 44 c Eval NumofChar = 4 c Eval Rslt = *All' ' c OPR2 TAG c* Line number of following eval statement is 36. c Eval Rslt = %SubSt(String1:StPos:NumOfChar) c Rslt Dsply c* c* ------------------------------------c* Deliberately cause an error condition c* give an invalid starting position. c* c Eval StPos = 12 c Eval NumofChar = 4 c Eval Rslt = *All' ' c OPR3 TAG c* Line number of following eval statement is 48. c Eval Rslt = %SubSt(String1:StPos:NumOfChar) c Rslt Dsply c* c 'Prg ENDED' DSPLY c Eval *inlr = *on c Return c* c* c *PSSR BEGSR c 'pssr' DSPLY c 'Line number' dsply c Err_Linenum dsply c 'Err_Status' dsply c Err_Status dsply c* c* Convert to Numeric c*
126
RPG-ILE LABS 0065.00 0078.00 0079.00 0080.00 0081.00 0082.00 0083.00 0084.00 0085.00 0086.00 0087.00 0088.00 0090.00 Output : DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY pssr Line number 00000026 Err_Status 100 abc pssr Line number 00000036 Err_Status 100 abc pssr Line number 00000048 Err_Status 100 abc c c c c c c c c c c c c c Move EVAL EVAL If Goto Endif If Goto Endif If Goto Endif ENDSR Err_LineNum LineNum StPos = 1 NumOfChar = 3 LineNum = 26 OPR1 LineNum = 36 OPR2 LineNum = 48 OPR3
LAB : Work on TESTN dNumericData s 4a inz('120') dCharData s 4a inz('abc') dBlankData s 4a d* c TESTN NumericData 777879 c* 78 becomes on since variable contains leading spaces. c* No indicator will be on if data is numeric and has no leading c* spaces. c* c exsr dspsr c TESTN CharData 777879 c* no indicator is on since data not numeric c exsr dspsr c TESTN BlankData 777879 c* Equal indicator on since data is blank. c exsr dspsr c Eval *inlr = *on c Return c* c dspsr Begsr c *in77 dsply c *in78 dsply
127
RPG-ILE LABS c c c c c *in79 dsply Eval Eval Eval Endsr *in77=*Off *in78=*Off *in79=*Off
128
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Handling ESCAPE messages The RPGLe program calls a CLP program that sends a *PRV Pgm msg that is not displayed on the screen. Then it sends a PGM MSG of the type *ESCAPE which causes control to immediately return back into RPGLE (ignoring the WRKSPLF in the CLP) the control enters PSSR and displays various parameters of the error MSG thus received from the child application. If the parent application in this case was a CL program, it would have used program level monmsg . RPGLE Program : Fdserr cf e DMyPSDS sds DErr_Status *status DErr_ProcName *Proc DErr_Routine *Routine DERr_LineNum 21 DErr_ExcpType 40 DErr_ExcpNum 43 DErr_ExcpData 91 DErr_ExcpID 171 c 'Before' dsply c call c end1 Tag c 'After' dsply c Eval c Return c* c* c *PSSR BEGSR c 'pssr' DSPLY c move c exfmt c 'Line Number' DSPLY c Err_Linenum DSPLY c 'Err_Status' dsply c Err_Status dsply c 'Err_ProcName'dsply c Err_ProcName dsply c 'Err_Routine' dsply c Err_Routine dsply c 'Err_ExcpType'dsply c Err_ExcpType dsply c 'Err_ExcpNum' dsply c Err_ExcpNum dsply c Goto c ENDSR CLERR Program : PGM SNDPGMMSG SNDPGMMSG WRKSPLF ENDPGM OUTPUT : DSPLY Before DSPLY pssr DSPLY Line Number MSG('THIS IS CLERR.') TOPGMQ(*PRV) MSGID(CAE0032) MSGF(QCPFMSG) MSGTYPE(*ESCAPE) workstn
28 42 46 170 174 'CLERR' *inlr = *on
err_excpdata rerr
dexcpdata
end1
129
RPG-ILE LABS DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY 00000014 Err_Status 202 Err_ProcName RPSCAN2 Err_Routine CLERR Err_ExcpType CAE Err_ExcpNum 0032 After
I tried to see the step by step execution but could not add CLERR program since it is a OPM program ( Said *YES to OPM source level debugging as well as a *YES to updte production files) still I cannot add CLERR to the list of programs debugged. When the CALL statemnt was executed, STRDBG did not show the code or step by step execution of code in the CLERR program. CLERR was executed instantly and control went directly to PSSR. LAB : Error Handling in the procedure Program P1 created from 2 modules : RPCLIENT and RPAVG : Listing of RPCLIENT : (Main procedure) DRslt DFn1 DN1 DN2 DN3 DFn2 DN1 DN2 Da1 Da2 Da3 c c C C Rslt C C Rslt C C C C s PR 4s 4s 4s 4s 4s 4s 4s 4s 4s 4s 4s Eval Dsply Eval Dsply Eval Return 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 inz(0) 0 inz(0) 0 inz(0)
PR s s s
Rslt = Fn1(a1:a2:a3) Rslt = Fn2(a1:a2) *inlr = *on
Listing of RPAVG ( NOMAIN Module) H NOMAIN dMyds dLnNum dStatus d* dFn1
sds 21 *status PR 28 4s 0
130
RPG-ILE LABS dx1 dy1 dz1 dFn2 dx2 dy2 dRslt PFn1 dFn1 dx1 dy1 dz1 c c c c c c* c c c c c c c c c PFn1 PFn2 dFn2 dx2 dy2 c c c c c* c c c c c c c PFn2 LAB : 4s 4s 4s 4s 4s 4s 4s 4s 4s 4s 4s z-add Eval Tag Return Begsr Dsply Dsply Dsply If Goto Endif Endsr E B PI z-add Eval Tag Return Begsr Dsply If Goto Endif Endsr E Testing correctness of date entered. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PR s B PI
Export
cnt1 *Pssr 'Pssr1' LnNum Status
*zeros x1 Rslt = (x1+y1+z1)/x1 Rslt
LnNum = '00000021' cnt1
Export 4s 0 4s 0 4s 0 *zeros x2 Rslt = (x2+y2)/x2 Rslt
Cnt2 *Pssr 'Pssr2'
LnNum = '00000040' cnt2
Linkage : DSDTDATE, RPDATETEST CODE : PROGRAM : RPDATETEST HDatfmt(*dmy-) FDsDtTest cf dCheckDate dto_be_tested dretval ddt e workstn 5i 0 6s 0 5i 0 6s 0
PR s s
131
RPG-ILE LABS c*O c Dow *in03 = *off c Exfmt Rec1 c Eval dt = ddt001 c Eval RetVal = CheckDate(dt) c Select c when Retval = -1 c Eval dstat = 'Wrong !' c when Retval = 1 c Eval dstat = 'Correct' c other c 'huh ?!' dsply c endsl c EndDo c* -O c Eval *inlr = *on c return c* Check Date procedure c* ____________________________________________________ PCheckDate B DCheckDate PI 5i 0 dTestDate 6s 0 dRetVal s 5i 0 inz(0) c *DMY TEST(D) TestDate c if *in66=*on c Eval RetVal = -1 c Else c Eval RetVal = 1 c EndIf c Return RetVal PCheckDate E Display file : DSDTTEST A A A A A A A A A A A A PF contents : nil OUTPUT : R REC1 2 5 7 12 DSTAT 10 O 12 DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03) WINDOW(2 2 20 40) 13'Date Test Program' 5'Enter date to test :' 6COLOR(BLU) EDTWRD(' - - ') EDTMSK(' & & ') 7'Status :' COLOR(WHT) 18COLOR(WHT)
66
DDT001
6Y 0B
REMARKS :
132
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : /COPY precompiler directive RP0001 Listing : This program is never compiled. Only used by RP0002 for its subroutines. c c c sr1 'hello' begsr dsply endsr
Notice : This is not a Code fragment but a complete program. RP0002 Listing : This program uses subroutines found in RP0001. Only RP0002 is compiled. c exsr c seton c return c/COPY SAM2/QRADLE,RP0001 sr1 lr
The /Copy should come exactly where you wish to have the code pasted. Since Subroutines come after SETON LR, I have placed the /COPY after Seton Lr and RETURN.
133
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Use of Monitor Linkage : RPCHAR CODE : DN1 s 5i 0 inz(108) DS1 s 10a c* c* %Char converts int to character c* c Eval S1 = 'MECH' + %Char(N1) c S1 Dsply c* c* Int converts char to int. c* --------------------------c Monitor C* Eval statement will definitely cause problem since we are trying to C* convert non-numeric stuff to numeric. C* We cannot use (E) as error handler operation extender since C* E can be used with only those opcodes that allow error indicators (LO ) C* c Eval N1 = %Int(s1) c ON-ERROR c 'Error' Dsply c Endmon c* c* c N1 Dsply c Eval *inlr = *on c Return c* PF contents : --OUTPUT :
Sensitive stuff (that can cause a run time error) should be placed inside MONITOR and ENDMON group.If a statement (inside MONITOR group ) fails, control goes into ON_ERROR and allows you to handle the error. REMARKS : MONITOR and ENDMON is a good replacement for *PSSR.
134
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : MONITOR and ENDMON: How it works. (this is the second lab) Linkage : RPMON CODE : da db dc ds c c c c c c* c* c* c* c c c c c c s s s s 4p 0 inz(10) 4p 0 inz(2) 4p 0 inz(0) 4a
Monitor Eval c = a/b Eval s = 'c = ' + %Char(c) Eval b = 0 Eval c = a/b the above EVAL throughs an exception which is caught by ON_ERROR the next EVAL statement is never executed ----------------------------------------Eval s = 'c = ' + %Char(c) On-Error 'error !' Dsply EndMon 'Over' Dsply Eval *inlr = *on
PF contents : --OUTPUT :
REMARKS : So long as the statements inside the MONITOR execute correctly, the execution proceeds step by step. If a statement has a problem, control goes directly into ONERROR skipping all the intermediate statements.
135
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : DataQ Programming dDQName dDQLib dDQLen dDQData dDQWait c P1 c c c c c c C* c c c c c c c 'recd : ' c DQData c c s s s s s Plist Parm Parm Parm Parm Call Eval Call Parm Parm Parm Parm Parm Dsply Dsply Eval Return 10a inz('DTA2') 10a inz('SAM2') 5p 0 inz(10) 10a inz('JSR') 5p 0 inz(10) DQName DQLib DQLen DQData 'QSNDDTAQ' P1 DQData = *all'*' 'QRCVDTAQ' DQName DQLib DQLen DQdata DQWait *inLr = *on DQName DQLib DQLen DQData DQWait
136
RPG-ILE LABS
LAB : WOKRING ON SPACEA CREATE A REPORT WITH NO SPACEA OR SPACEB FOR A RECORD FORMAT. WRITE A PROGRAM TO DO MULTIPLE WRITE STATEMENTS TO THE RECORD FORMAT, YOU WILL FIND THAT THE LINES WILL BE OVERWRITTEN.RLU DOES NOT AUTOMATICALLY PUT A LINE BETWEEN 2 WRITE OPERATIONS WHEN IT COMES TO RECORD FORMAT OF A REPORT FRL001 C C C C C C C O E WRITE WRITE WRITE WRITE WRITE EVAL RETURN PRINTER RREC1 RREC1 RREC1 RREC1 RREC1 *INLR = *ON
LISTING OF THE REPORT FILE : A A A A A A R RREC1 4 +8 SPACEA(1) 'THIS IS A TEST' 'ONE MORE'
SPACEA CAN BE USED AT THE RECORD LEVEL AS WELL AS FIELD LEVEL.
Lab : Working on SKIPA Report DDS : A A A A A R RREC1 4'THIS IS A TEST' SPACEA(1) SKIPA(15) +8'ONE MORE'
After This is a TEST is printed on paper, a 1 line space is put. After that, the paper slips straight to line 15, if LINE 15 found on the same page printing continues on that page. If line 15 is already passed, system ejects current page and continues printing from line 15 on the next page. LAB : Writing codes to printer files (Hex) FRLHEX C C O E write SETON PRINTER RHEX LR
RLHEX Listing : A A R RHEX 3
137
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A NOTE : X33 produces a block ' ' SPACEA(1) 15DFT(X'33') TRNSPY 17DFT(X'7C') TRNSPY
X7C produces @ sign. LAB : A A Printing a Line in report R RHEX LINE(6.0 6.1 2 *HRZ 1)
Compile using Printer type as *SFPDS (Advanced Function Printer Data Stream) not IPDS (intelligent Printer Data Stream) LAB : Page rotation A A A A A A R RHEX PAGRTT(90) 5'HELLO' 11'WORLD' LPI(9) 5'HELLO' 11'WORLD'
Lab : CPI R RHEX
LAB : Resetting the Page number A A A A A A A A A A A R RDETL 3 PFLD1 R RPAGE 4S 0 16 70 78 75 'PG ' PAGNBR EDTCDE(Z) SPACEA(001) ' '
Program To reset page numbers every 5 pages : (youll never get page #6, it will always be 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 etc) FRLHEX O DCntr DPageNumber d* c c c C c c c E s s Do Eval Eval write If Eval Eval PRINTER OFLIND(*in77) 4s 0 inz(0) 4s 0 inz(0) 668 Cntr = Cntr + 1 PFLD1 = cntr RDetl *in77= *on *IN77 = *off PageNumber = PageNumber + 1
138
RPG-ILE LABS c c c c c c c c c C If Eval Write Eval else Write endif Endif Enddo SETON PageNumber > 5 *in78 = *on RPage *in78 = *off RPage
LR
LAB : POSITION keyword to place text at the right place on the paper FRLpos dps dpos1 dpos2 c c c c C Report : A A A A R RPOS RFLD1 FLD1 FLD2 4S 0 5S 3P 5S 3P POSITION(&FLD1 &FLD2) O E s s s PRINTER 4s 0 inz(12) 5s 3 inz(2.00) 5s 3 inz(3.00) rfld1=ps fld1=pos1 fld2=pos2 rpos
Eval Eval Eval write SETON
LR
Please compile the report file with the device option set to *AFPDS (Adv printing Function Data Stream) OUTPUT : File . . . . . : RLPOS Page/Line 1/12 Control . . . . . Columns 1 - 78 Find . . . . . . *...+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7. 0012
LAB : Specify Font QFNTCPL/QSYS A A A A A A A A A A A A R RDETL 3 PFLD1 R RPAGE 4S 0 16 70 75 78 'PG ' PAGNBR EDTCDE(Z) CDEFNT(QFNTCPL/X0BITR) SPACEA(001) ' '
139
RPG-ILE LABS RPG pprogram listing remains the same. Device type should not be anything other that AFPDS. LAB : Specify font and point size A A A A A A A A A A A R RDETL 3 PFLD1 R RPAGE 4S 0 FONT(16951 (*POINTSIZE 10)) SPACEA(001)
' ' 16FONT(222) 70 75 'PG ' PAGNBR EDTCDE(Z)
78
LAB : indara Functionally no effect of Indara on display file record format. A A A A A* A A A A A* A A A DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) INDARA CA03(03) OVERLAY CF07(07) 4 10'INDARA REC FMT' COLOR(WHT) R RINDARA1 OVERLAY CF07(08) 8 10'INDARA 1 ' COLOR(RED) WORKSTN *in03 = *off Rindara Rindara1 Rindara ChkSR Rindara Rindara1 Rindara1 ChkSR1 *inlr = *on
R RINDARA
FDSIndara CF E c c c*** c c c* c c c c C C C* C ChkSR c 'INDARA :' C c '07 ' c C c '08 ' c c* c*
Dow Write Write Read Exsr Write Write Read Exsr Enddo Eval Return Begsr dsply if dsply Endif if dsply Endif Eval Eval
55
55
*in07 = *on *in08 = *on *in07=*off *in08=*off
140
RPG-ILE LABS c c* C c C c c C c c c* c* c Endsr ChkSR1 'INDARA 1 :' '07 ' '08 ' Begsr dsply if dsply Endif if dsply Endif Eval Eval Endsr
*in07 = *on *in08 = *on *in07=*off *in08=*off
Tried adding and removing indara but no change in beh. Both rec fmt share the indicators. If 07 is ONed when one rec fmt is displayed, it is ON for the second rec fmt as and when it is displayed. Here I swicthed ON ind 07 when RINDARA was displayed, when I did EXFMT for rINDARA1, 07 was ON. If I again press F7 for RINDARA1, 08 becomes ON (in addition to 07) If you press ENTER (and not any of the mapped function key), all indicators are turned off. IN the next interation, both 07 and 08 are automatically OFF (dont have to be turned of explicitly).
LAB : Working with POSITION Keyword A A A A A A* R RPOS PCHAR FLD1 FLD2 4A 5S 3P 5S 3P POSITION(&FLD1 &FLD2)
FRLpos dn1 dn2 d* c c c c c c c c c c C
E s s Eval Eval Eval Eval write Eval Eval Eval Eval write SETON
PRINTER 5s 3 inz(1) 5s 3 inz(1) n1 = n2 = fld1 fld2 rpos n1 = n2 = fld1 fld2 rpos n1 + 1 n2 + 0.5 = n1 = n2 n1 + 1 n2 + 0.5 = n1 = n2 LR
This worked , but no Preview or spool file is displayed although it is created. The system gives error message that the spool file contains Graphics data which cannot be displayed. Only sol is to take a physical printout.
141
RPG-ILE LABS
LAB : Dynamic positioning of window using Program-to-system fields FDSWINTRY cf DStartLine DStartPosition DTempNum D* C C C C C C C C C C Display file A A A A A A A A A A A : DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) R RWIN STLINE STPOS FLD001 FLD002 FLD003 FLD004 3S 3S 4 4 4 4 0P 0P B 0B B 0B WINDOW(&STLINE &STPOS 9 9) 2 4 6 8 1 2 2 2 2 2'test Scr' DSPATR(UL) E s s s Eval Eval exfmt Eval Eval Eval Eval Exfmt Eval Return workstn 3s 0 inz(3) 3s 0 inz(3) 3s 0 inz(0) StLine = StartLine StPos = StartPosition Rwin StartLine = 3 StartPosition = 30 StLine = StartLine StPos = StartPosition Rwin *inlr = *on
LAB : RMVWDW : remove previously displayed windows when displaying current window. A A A A A A A A A A A A FDSWINTRY cf DStartLine DStartPosition DTempNum D* C C C C C DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) R RWIN STLINE STPOS FLD001 FLD002 FLD003 FLD004 E s s s Eval Eval exfmt Eval Eval 3S 3S 4A 4S 4A 4S 0P 0P B 0B B 0B WINDOW(&STLINE &STPOS 9 9) RMVWDW 2 4 6 8 1 2 2 2 2 2'test Scr' DSPATR(UL)
workstn 3s 0 inz(3) 3s 0 inz(3) 3s 0 inz(0)
StLine = StartLine StPos = StartPosition Rwin StartLine = 3 StartPosition = 30
142
RPG-ILE LABS C C C C C Eval Eval Exfmt Eval Return StLine = StartLine StPos = StartPosition Rwin *inlr = *on
Student Example : Moving the window leftwards when F1 is pressed fdstry dn1 c c c c c c c c c c c c A A A A A A A A A cf e s Eval Eval Dow write exfmt if Eval Eval Endif Enddo Eval Return workstn 4s 0 inz(1) stpos = 4 stlin = 3 *in03=*off rwin rnormal *in01 = *on stpos = stpos +1 *in01 = *off *inlr = *on DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) WINDOW(RWIN) CF01(01) CA03(03) 6 15'this is a normal record format 3S 0P 3S 0P WINDOW(&STLIN &STPOS 19 45)
R RNORMAL
R RWIN STLIN STPOS
LAB : How to display a Display file record format without the mandatory READ operation on its record format PART 1 : FDSB00 CF C C 'HELO' C C C E WRITE DSPLY WRITE SETON RETURN WORKSTN RB00 RB00 LR
The above code actually displays the display file record format, although there is no READ operation. This is possible by setting the DFRWRT = *NO (defer write) during Display file compilation. PART 2 : Same effect can be achieved by using FRCDTA (Force data) record level keyword. A A A A A R RBASE 4 DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03) FRCDTA 9'THIS IS A TEST OF BOO'
143
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Rpgle : FDSB00 C C C C C C C CF E WRITE EXFMT WRITE WRITE READ SETON RETURN WORKSTN RBASE RWIN RBASE RWIN RBASE 7 9 11 7 9 11 12 13 10'CODE :' 10'NAME :' 10'ADDRESS : ' 21 21 21 21 21 CA12(12) WINDOW(4 50 9 9) OVERLAY 3 3 2 B 0B 0B 1 3 4 2 2 2
FLD1 FLD2 FLD3 FLD4 FLD5 R RWIN
4S 0B 20A B 30A B 30A B 30A B
FLD001 FLD002 FLD003
LR
44
LAB : csrloc TO POSITION THE CURSOR WHEN THE RECORD FORMAT IS BIEND DISPLAYED FDSB00 C C C C C CF E EVAL EVAL EXFMT SETON RETURN WORKSTN L = 9 P = 21 RBASE
LR
DISPLAY FILE LISTING : A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A R RBASE L P 3S 0H 3S 0H 4 7 9 11 7 9 11 12 13 9'THIS IS A TEST OF BOO' 10'CODE :' 10'NAME :' 10'ADDRESS : ' 21 21 21 21 21 DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CSRLOC(L P) CA03(03) FRCDTA
FLD1 FLD2 FLD3 FLD4 FLD5
4S 0B 20A B 30A B 30A B 30A B
LAB : CHECK(ER) to make Field Exit key work like ENTER key
144
RPG-ILE LABS It is recommended to use CHECK(ER) on the last field of the Display file. After data entry operator has typed data into the last data field and pressed Field exit, he need no press ENTER again to pass control into RPG. Then Field Exit is pressed for the last field, it is works like ENTER because this field has CHECK(ER). A A A A A A A A A A A A fdserase cf c c fld001 c c fld001 c c fld001 c c DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03) 5 7 9 5 7 9 10 18 18 7'code : ' 7'Name :' 7'Address :' 19 19 19 19 4'SAVE ? ' 19CHECK(ER)
R RERASE
FLD001 FLD002 FLD003 FLD004 e FLD005 Exfmt dsply Exfmt dsply Exfmt dsply Eval Return
4S 0B 10A B 40A B 40A B 1A B workstn RErase RErase RErase
*inlr = *on
code : Name : Address :
2 AMIT 4,KNABLE LANE, TRAVOSE CALIFORNIA
SAVE ?
When User enters Y in the Save field, control immediately returns to RPG for further operation.
Lab : CHECK(VN) TO VALIDATE A SIMPLE NAME. CHECK(VNE) TO VALIDATE A NAME (EXTENDED) A A A A A A A A DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03) 5 7'code : ' 7 7'Name :' 9 7'Address :' 5 19 7 19
R RERASE
FLD001 FLD002
4S 0B 10A B
145
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A A fdserase cf c c fld001 c c fld001 c c fld001 c c FLD003 FLD004 e FLD005 Exfmt dsply Exfmt dsply Exfmt dsply Eval Return 40A 40A 1A workstn RErase RErase RErase *inlr = *on CHECK(VN) B 9 19 B 10 19 18 4'SAVE ? ' B 18 19CHECK(ER)
CHECK(VN) is for validation of NAME of a object / person : It checks basic things like : 1. Name cannot contain symbols except # 2. Name should not contain embedded spaces. LAB : Overlapping record formats & application of CLRL. Display file listing (pay attention to the positions of the lines of the 2 record formats. You will se that the the record formats overlap. Depending on need, one or both can be displayed although only 1 will be in the READ mode) CLRL (2) is specified for R1 record format.When R1 is displayed, All lines occupied by R1 are first cleared. Since value specified CLRL is 2, a minimum of 2 lines will be cleared. This last portion (last 2-3 lines) of RERASE is dislpayed Even when an EXFMT is done to R1. CLRL(*END) will clear all lines after 1st line of R1.
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03) R RERASE 5 7 9 5 7 9 10 17 18 18 9 10 11 FLD1 40A B 12 OVERLAY 7'code : ' 7'Name :' 7'Address :' 19TEXT('CODE VALUE') 19CHECK(VNE) 19 19 4'REC FMT 1' 4'SAVE ? ' 19CHECK(ER) CLRL(2) OVERLAY 7'XXXXXXX' COLOR(RED) 7'YYYYYYY' COLOR(RED) 7'ZZZZZZZ' COLOR(RED) 19
FLD001 FLD002 FLD003 FLD004 FLD005 R R1
4S 0B 10A B 40A B 40A B 1A B
146
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A A RPGLE: fdserase cf c c c fld001 c c c fld001 c c c fld001 c c OUTPUT : code : Name : XXXXXXX YYYYYYY ZZZZZZZ TEST DATA REC FMT 2 REC FMT 1 SAVE ? 1 ANIL e exfmt Exfmt dsply exfmt Exfmt dsply exfmt Exfmt dsply Eval Return FLD2 40A B 13 19 14 COLOR(RED)
COLOR(RED) 4'REC FMT 2' COLOR(RED)
workstn r1 RErase r1 RErase r1 RErase *inlr = *on
LAB : Study of CHANGE keyword A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A R RCHANGE 6 8 10 DARG1 DARG2 DARG3 4 4 4 0B 0B 6 8 DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03) 6'ARG1 : ' COLOR(BLU) 6'ARG2 : ' COLOR(BLU) 6'ARG3 :' COLOR(BLU) 16COLOR(WHT) CHANGE(20) 16COLOR(WHT) CHANGE(21) 16COLOR(WHT) CHANGE(22)
0B 10
147
RPG-ILE LABS FDSCHANGE CF C C C *in20 C *in21 C *in22 C C C C E Dow Exfmt Dsply Dsply Dsply Setoff Enddo Eval Return WORKSTN *in03 = *off rchange
202122 *inlr= *on
CHANGE Indicator is set on when : 1. Field Exit is pressed in a field 2. Some data is typed followed by field exit 3. existing data is changed
LAB : Detailed work on edit code

| 4.1.1.5 %EDITC (Edit Value Using an Editcode) | | | | | | %EDITC(numeric : editcode {: *ASTFILL | *CURSYM | currency-symbol}) This function returns a character result representing the numeric value edited according to the edit code. In general, the rules for the numeric value and edit code are identical to those for editing numeric values in output specifications. The third parameter is optional, and if specified, must be one of: Indicates that asterisk protection is to be used. This means that leading zeros are replaced with asterisks in the returned value. For example, %EDITC(0012.5 : 'K' : *ASTFILL) returns '***12.5-'. Indicates that a floating currency symbol is to be used. The actual symbol will be the one specified on the control specification in the CURSYM keyword, or the default, '$'. When *CURSYM is specified, the currency symbol is placed in the the result just before the first significant digit. For example, %EDITC(0012.5 : 'K' : *CURSYM) returns ' $12.5-'.
| *ASTFILL | | | | *CURSYM | | | | |
| currency-symbol Indicates that floating currency is to be used with the | provided currency symbol. It must be a 1-byte character constant | (literal, named constant or expression that can be evaluated at | compile time). | | | | | Float expressions are not allowed in the first parameter (you can use %DEC to convert a float to an editable format). The edit code is specified as a character constant; supported edit codes are: 'A' - 'D', 'J' - 'Q', 'X' - 'Z', '1' - '9'. The constant can be a literal, named constant or an expression whose value can be determined at compile time. Subtopics 4.1.1.5.1 %EDITC Examples 4.1.1.5 - 1 %EDITC Examples | 4.1.1.5.1 %EDITC Examples --------------------------------------------------------------------------
148
RPG-ILE LABS
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | D msg D salary * * * * C C C * * * * C C C S S 100A 9P 2
If the value of salary is 2451.53, then the value of salary * 12 is 29418.36. The edited version of salary * 12 using the A edit code with floating currency is ' $29,418.36 '. The value of msg is 'The annual salary is $29,418.36' EVAL msg = 'The annual salary is ' + %trim(%editc(salary * 12 :'A': *CURSYM)) If the value of salary is 2451.53, then the value of salary * 12 is 29418.36. The edited version of salary * 12 using the A edit code with floating currency is ' $29,418.36 '. The value of msg is 'The annual salary is &29,418.36' EVAL msg = 'The annual salary is ' + %trim(%editc(salary * 12 :'A': '&'))
* In the next example, the value of msg is 'Salary is $***29,418.36' * Note that the '$' comes from the text, not from the edit code. C EVAL msg = 'Salary is $' C + %trim(%editc(salary * 12 C :'B': *ASTFILL)) C C * In the next example, the value of msg is 'The date is 1996/06/27' EVAL msg = 'The date is ' + %trim(%editc(*date : 'Y'))
-------------------------------------------------------------------------| Figure 125. %EDITC Example 1 | A common requirement is to edit a field as follows: | _ | _ Leading zeros are suppressed Parentheses are placed around the value if it is negative
| The following accomplishes this using an %EDITC in a subprocedure: -------------------------------------------------------------------------| | | | | | | | | D D D D D C neg pos editparens val editedVal S S PR S 5P 2 5P 2 50A 30P 2 10A inz(-12.3) inz(54.32) value
EVAL editedVal = editparens(neg) * Now editedVal has the value '(12.30) ' C EVAL editedVal = editparens(pos) * Now editedVal has the value ' 54.32 ' 4.1.1.5.1 - 1 %EDITC Examples *--------------------------------------------------------------* Subprocedure EDITPARENS *--------------------------------------------------------------P editparens B D editparens PI 50A D val 30P 2 value D lparen S 1A inz(' ') D rparen S 1A inz(' ') D res S 50A C C * Use parentheses if the value is negative IF val < 0 EVAL lparen = '('
| | | | | | | | | | | |
149
RPG-ILE LABS
| | | | | | | | | C C EVAL ENDIF rparen = ')'
* Return the edited value * Note that the '1' edit code does not include a sign so we * don't have to calculate the absolute value. C RETURN lparen + C %editc(val : '1') + C rparen P editparens E
LAB : Indicator Data structure
FMySUBFILE4 CF D RRN DDSINF001 DKEYIN DENTER : : :
E S DS C
WORKSTN INFDS(DSINF001) 5 369 369 CONST(X'F1') 0
C C
Example program : FDSINDDS CF DDS001 DINKEY DENTER DF3 DF4 DF5 C C C 'ENTER' C C* C C 'F3 ' C C E DS C C C C
IF // Code
KEYIN = ENTER
WORKSTN INFDS(DS001) 369 369 CONST(X'F1') CONST(X'33') CONST(X'34') CONST(X'35') EXFMT IF DSPLY Endif IF DSPLY Endif IF R1 INKEY = ENTER
INKEY = F3 INKEY = F4
REF : *********************************************************** D D D D D D D D F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 C C C C C C C C CONST(X'31') CONST(X'32') CONST(X'33') CONST(X'34') CONST(X'35') CONST(X'36') CONST(X'37') CONST(X'38')
150
RPG-ILE LABS D F9 C CONST(X'39') D F10 C CONST(X'3A') D F11 C CONST(X'3B') D F12 C CONST(X'3C') D F13 C CONST(X'B1') D F14 C CONST(X'B2') D F15 C CONST(X'B3') D F16 C CONST(X'B4') D F17 C CONST(X'B5') D F18 C CONST(X'B6') D F19 C CONST(X'B7') D F20 C CONST(X'B8') D F21 C CONST(X'B9') D F22 C CONST(X'BA') D F23 C CONST(X'BB') D F24 C CONST(X'BC') D CLEAR C CONST(X'BD') D ENTER C CONST(X'F1') D HELP C CONST(X'F3') D ROLLDN C CONST(X'F4') D ROLLUP C CONST(X'F5') D PRINT C CONST(X'F6') D RCBKSP C CONST(X'F8') D AUTENT C CONST(X'3F') D WSDS DS D functionKey 369 369 END
151
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : KA and KB indicators Listing :-
FDStestF cf e c c c 'KA on !' c c c c 'KB on !' c c
Exfmt If dsply Endif If dsply Endif eval
workstn R1 *inka = *on
*inkb = *on *inlr = *on
The display file DSTestF has CA01(01) and CA02(02) at the file level. When user presses F1, the corresponding indicator KA is switched on.Similarly for F2 and KB. END
152
RPG-ILE LABS
LAB : CHECKMSGID FOR VALIDATION OF DATA INPUT BY USER. First Give A CHECK or RANGE condition for validation, then follow that by a CHECKMSGID (<msg id> <lib>/<msg file name>) First create a Message File called MSGF1 in SAM2 and add 2 messages with IDs MSG001 and MSG002. DISPLAY FILE LISTING A A A A A A A A A R RVLD DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03) 5 17'ENTER A VALUE BETWEEN 100 & 200 7 17'DATA : ' 4S 0B 7 27COLOR(WHT) RANGE(100 200) CHKMSGID(MSG0001 SAM2/MSGF1) 1A B 11 18
FLD001 FLD002
RPGLE LISTING FDSVLD C C C CF E EXFMT SETON RETURN WORKSTN RVLD LR
LAB : ERRMSGId FDSVLD CF E C c* 10 corresp to c* ERRMSGID c* c C C C EXFMT WORKSTN RVLD
Eval EXFMT SETON RETURN
*in10 = *on RVLD
LR
Display Message File : A A A A A A A A A R RVLD 5 6 8 9 DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) CA03(03) 17'ENTER A VALUE BETWEEN 100 17'OR BETWEEN 400 AND 500' 17'DATA : ' 4S 0B 27COLOR(WHT) ERRMSGID(MSG0002 *LIBL/MSGF1) 1A B 11 18
10
FLD001 FLD002
AS SETON 10 and EXFMT is done, the Error Message is loaded from the Message File and displayed on the screen. The keyboard is locked and waits for Reset key to be pressed.
153
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : SENDING PROGRAM VARIABLES IN PRE-DEFINED MESSAGES IN THE MESSAGE FILE MSGF1 ADD A MESSAGE MSG0003 AS FOLLOWS : THE VALUE OF N IS &1 IN THE NEXT SCREEN SPECIFY THE FIRST DATA VARIABLE AS *CHAR WITH LEN 4 AND DEC POS 0 (!) SAVE AND EXIT THE FOLLOWING CL PROGRAM WRITES RUN TIME VALUES INTO THE PRE-DEFINED MESSAGE. : PGM DCL &N TYPE(*DEC) LEN(4 0) VALUE(123) DCL &SN TYPE(*CHAR) LEN(4) CHGVAR VAR(&SN) VALUE(&N) SNDPGMMSG MSGID(MSG0003) MSGF(SAM2/MSGF1) MSGDTA(&SN) ENDPGM RPGLE EQIUIVALENT : The Display file contains CHKMSGID (MSG0003 SAM2/MSGf1 &CNTR) The Message MSG0003 has 1 variable field ( identified as &1 ) which was defined as *CHAR with size 4 and dec pos 0 . here the RPGLE program specifies this message in the CHKMSGID keyword. RPGLE makes sure that value of the variable CNTR is et to some valid value before record format is displayed on the screen. Message File listing : MSGID MSGF MSG > MSG0003 > MSGF1 > SAM2 'the value of N is &1'
Message data fields formats: FMT Data type . . . . . . . . . . Length . . . . . . . . . . . . *VARY bytes or dec pos . . . . + for more values
*CHAR 4 0 _
If you press + in the underline above, you can specify more fields. Dislpay File Listing : A A A A A A A A A DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) 4A P 5 6 8 9 CA03(03) 17'ENTER A VALUE BETWEEN 100 17'OR BETWEEN 400 AND 500' 17'DATA : ' 27COLOR(WHT) RANGE(100 200)
R RVLD CNTR
FLD001
4S 0B
154
RPG-ILE LABS A A FDSVLD c C C C C CF FLD002 E 1A B 11 18 CHKMSGID(MSG0003 SAM2/MSGF1 &CNTR)
EVAL EXFMT SETON RETURN
WORKSTN CNTR='123' RVLD LR
LAB : Multiple values displayed on Pre-defined messages Message details : Tried to put many variables into 1 message but wont work with ERRMSGID. ERRMSGID can take ERRMSGID(MSG0099 MSGF1 &STR) But not ERRMSGID(MSG0099 MSGF1 &x &y &z) ie ERRMSGID does not take more than 1 variables as values to the keyword. I wanted to display something like this : A = 10 B = 12 . their Sum is 22. For putting the 3 values, I initially created a message with 3 variable, but knowing the limitation of ERRMSGID, I created a general purpose Message : MSG0099 that simply dislpays 1 string as follows : Message ID . . . . . . . . . : Message file . . . . . . . . : Library . . . . . . . . . : MSG0099 MSGF1 SAM2 Decimal Positions
Field &1
Data Type *CHAR
Length 75
this message contains no text only 1 variable : &1 which I s*CHAR and 75 in length (roughly 1 row ) What ever u wish to write as a message is dumped into this variable. The message is displayed via ERRMSGID as seen clearly in the following display file listing : Display file details : A A A A A A A A DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) R RVLD STR 10 FLD001 FLD002 75A P CA03(03) 4S 0B 1A 8 17'DATA : ' 9 27COLOR(WHT) ERRMSGID(MSG0099 MSGF1 &STR) B 11 18
RPGLE program :
155
RPG-ILE LABS FDSVLD DN1 DN2 DTOTAL DSN1 DSN2 DSTOTAL d* c C C C c c C C C C C CF E S S s s s s EVAL Movel Movel Movel Eval EXFMT Eval EXFMT SETON RETURN WORKSTN 4S 0 INZ(122) 4S 0 INZ(16) 7s 0 inz(0) 4a 4a 7a TOTAL = N1 + N2 Total sTotal N1 sN1 N2 sN2 Str = 'A = ' + SN1 + ' B = ' + SN2 + ' .' + 'Their Sum : ' + STotal RVLD *in10 = *ON RVLD LR
STR is a program to system variable which is passed to the MSG0099. RPGLE program writes suitable text into this STR string and sets ON indicator 10. In the next WRITE operation, the message is displayed on the screen. The message goes when RESET (left CTRL key) is pressed.
* * *
156
RPG-ILE LABS
LAB : PSDS : General purpose Error DS DArg1 s 4s 0 inz(-2) DArg2 s 4s 0 inz(0) DRslt s 4s 0 inz(0) D D D SDS D* --------------------------------------D* FOR PROCEDURE NAME/PROG NAME D* YOU CAN SPECIFY EITHER 1 TO 10 OR *PROC D* --------------------------------------DPGMNAM *PROC DSTS *STATUS DSRCLIN 21 28 DNUMPAR 37 39 DEXCTYP 40 42 DEXCNUM 43 46 DLIBNAM 81 90 DSRCFNAM 304 313 DSRCLIB 314 323 DSRCMEM 324 333 DPRONAM 334 343 DMODNAM 344 353 c c 'aaa' Dsply c Eval Rslt = Arg1/Arg2 c cnt1 Tag c 'bbb' Dsply c Eval *inlr = *on c Return c c *PSSR Begsr C PGMNAM DSPLY C STS DSPLY C PGMNAM DSPLY C STS DSPLY C SRCLIN DSPLY C NUMPAR DSPLY C EXCTYP DSPLY C EXCNUM DSPLY C LIBNAM DSPLY C SRCFNAM DSPLY C SRCLIB DSPLY C SRCMEM DSPLY C PRONAM DSPLY C MODNAM DSPLY c Goto cnt1 C Endsr Variable PGMNAM STS PGMNAM SRCLIN NUMPAR EXCTYP Value RPBMAST 102 RPBMAST 00000025 000 MCH Remarks Devide by Zero Devide by zero occurred on line 25 of source code Number of parameters provided to this program when it was called Exception Type (MCH for Machine Exception)
157
RPG-ILE LABS EXCNUM LIBNAM SRCFNAM SRCLIB SRCMEM PRONAM MODNAM 1211 SAM2 QRADLE002 SAM2 RPBMAST RPBMAST RPBMAST Exception number Lib in which this prog is running Source PF of the source code of this program Procedure name in which this procedure is present (not applicable here) (Module name in which this procedure is present)
LAB : Status codes displayed by PSDS Following program illustrates the error codes for 2 aritmentic errors : DIV by ZERO And SQRT of a NEGATIVE NUMBER DErrNum s 6s 0 inz(0) DArg1 s 6s 0 inz(-4) DArg2 s 6s 0 inz(0) DRslt s 6s 0 inz(0) DSErrNum s 6a D D D SDS D* --------------------------------------D* FOR PROCEDURE NAME/PROG NAME D* YOU CAN SPECIFY EITHER 1 TO 10 OR *PROC D* --------------------------------------DPGMNAM *PROC DSTS *STATUS DSRCLIN 21 28 DEXCTYP 40 42 DEXCNUM 43 46 c c '1.' Dsply c Eval Rslt = Arg1/Arg2 c cnt1 Tag c '2. ' Dsply c SQRT Arg1 Rslt c cnt2 Tag c '---------' Dsply c Eval *inlr = *on c Return c c *PSSR Begsr C STS DSPLY C SRCLIN DSPLY C EXCTYP DSPLY C EXCNUM DSPLY c Select c When SrcLin='00000020' c Goto Cnt1 c When SrcLin='00000023' c Goto Cnt2 c EndSl c EndSR OUTPUT :
158
RPG-ILE LABS DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY 1. 102 00000020 MCH 1211 2. 101 00000023 RNX 0101 ---------
LAB : PSDS : More error codes H DatFmt(*DMY) D* D* Mydate is an impossible date D* ---------------------------DMydate S 6s 0 INZ(310204) DMyDate1 s D inz(D'12/04/04') D D D SDS D* --------------------------------------DSTS *STATUS DSRCLIN 21 28 DEXCTYP 40 42 DEXCNUM 43 46 c c c* This data area does not Exist c* ----------------------------c C *DTAARA DEFINE DataArea1 c c c '1.' Dsply c *DMY Move MyDate MyDate1 c cnt1 Tag c '2. ' Dsply c Call 'NoExist' c cnt2 Tag c '3.' Dsply c *LOCK IN DataArea1 c OUT DataArea1 c UnLock Dataarea1 c cnt3 Tag c Eval *inlr = *on c Return c c *PSSR Begsr C STS DSPLY C SRCLIN DSPLY C EXCTYP DSPLY C EXCNUM DSPLY c Select c When SrcLin='00000024' c Goto Cnt1 c When SrcLin='00000027' c Goto Cnt2 c When SrcLin='00000030'
159
RPG-ILE LABS c c c OUTPUT : DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY 1. 112 00000024 RNX 0112 2. 211 00000027 MCH 3401 3. 401 00000030 CPF 1015 Description Out of range Attempted SQRT of a negative number Div by zero Invalid date , time or timestamp OCCUR outside range Error calling program/procedure Pointer/Parameter error Data area specified in the IN/OUT oprn not found Data area type/len does not match Data area not locked for O/P Not authorised to use data area Error on UNLOCK oprn Data area previously locked by another program Data area previously locked by program in the same process Decimal data error Rollback Failed Commit Failed Commitment control not active Internal failure Goto EndSl EndSR Cnt3
Error Code 00100 00101 00102 00112 00122 00211 00222 00401 00411 00412 00414 00421 00431 00432 00907 00803 00804 00802 09999
LAB : INFDS Data for a DISK file Following program creates error condition by tring to open a file twice.Proggram also illustrates how the error can be corrected. FPFBMAST F DMsg d* DDsBMast DIsOpn DIsEOF DStatus DOpCode UF E s DS 9 10 11 16 9 10 15 21 0 DISK 50a USROPN infds(dsBMast) infsr(srBMast)
160
RPG-ILE LABS DMsgNbr 46 52 c* c* -----------------------------------------C 'OPEN NOW...' DSPLY C Open pfBMAST 77 C If *IN77 C 'CANNOT OPEN' DSPLY C Eval *inlr = *on C Return C Endif C* ---------------------------------------------c* Try to open again. Will obviously Fail. c* ---------------------------------------------C Open pfBMAST 77 c If *in77 = *on c EXSR srBMAST c Select c When Status=1215 c* Attempt to open twice c Eval Msg = 'Attempt made to open a file twice c + ' Problem corrected.' c Msg Dsply c* More such WHEN statements ... c* c Endsl c Endif C '----------' Dsply c* Perform Mandatory READ c Read BM 55 c* Do some database c* processing here... c* C Close pfBMAST C Eval *inlr=*on C Return C C srBMAST Begsr C 'IsOpen ?' Dsply c IsOpn Dsply c 'Is EOF ?' Dsply c IsEOF Dsply c 'Status :' Dsply c Status Dsply c 'Op code :' Dsply c opCode Dsply c 'Message :' Dsply c MsgNbr dsply c ENDSR OUTPUT : DSPLY OPEN NOW... DSPLY IsOpen ? DSPLY 1 DSPLY Is EOF ? DSPLY 0 DSPLY Status : DSPLY 1215 DSPLY Op code : DSPLY OPEN F DSPLY Message :
161
RPG-ILE LABS DSPLY DSPLY Attempt made to open a file twice. Problem corrected.
LAB : Error handling a READ Statement : EXCLUSIVE LOCK ( *EXCL) SAM3 locks the PFBMAST for exclusive access. SAM2 tries to open it in Update mode. Attempt fails : STATUS code is 1271 : Attempt to access a locked object. SAM3 runs the following program in his own login :Program Name : CLLOCK Type : CLP The OPM program locks and opens the PFBMAST in exclusive mode. It then waits with a SNDPGMMSG indefinitely. In the mean time SAM2 runs the RPFIDS2 program (RPGLE) which tries to open PFBMAST in Update Mode. Attempt fails and is handled by indicator in the LOW section. The error type is clear in the STATUS variable which contains value 1217 ie attempt to access Locked object. SAM3s program : PGM /* LOCK THE PFBMAST FILE TOTALLY. LET NO ONE OPEN */ OVRDBF FILE(PFBMAST) RCDFMTLCK((BM *EXCL)) + OVRSCOPE(*JOB) OPNDBF FILE(SAM2/PFBMAST) OPTION(*ALL) OPNSCOPE(*JOB) /* WAIT TILL USER PRESSES ENTER KEY */ SNDPGMMSG MSG('record locked') TOPGMQ(*EXT) CLOF OPNID(PFBMAST) DLTOVR FILE(PFBMAST) LVL(*JOB) ENDPGM SAM2s Program : FPFBMAST UF E DISK USROPN infds(dsBMast) DMsg s 50a d* DDsBMast DS DIsEOF 10 10 DStatus 11 15 0 DOpCode 16 21 DMsgNbr 46 52 c* c* -----------------------------------------C 'OPEN NOW...' DSPLY C Open pfBMAST C If *IN77 C 'CANNOT OPEN' DSPLY c status dsply C Eval *inlr = *on C Return c Endif c Read BM c* Do some database c* processing here... c* C Close pfBMAST C Eval *inlr=*on C Return OUTPUT :
77
55
162
RPG-ILE LABS DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY OPEN NOW... CANNOT OPEN 1217
LAB : ERror handling a READ Statement : *SHRRD Shared for READ (*SHRRD) lock is when one user locks the pf so that he can read it. But others can only read and update it. SAM3 locks PFBMAST as *SHRRD. SAM2 tries to open the file in the mean tim ein update mode. This is what happens : SAM2 opens it successfully ! SAM3s program : PGM /* LOCK THE PFBMAST FILE TOTALLY. LET NO ONE OPEN */ OVRDBF FILE(PFBMAST) RCDFMTLCK((BM *SHRRD)) + OVRSCOPE(*JOB) OPNDBF FILE(SAM2/PFBMAST) OPTION(*ALL) OPNSCOPE(*JOB) /* WAIT TILL USER PRESSES ENTER KEY */ SNDPGMMSG MSG('SHARE READ ') TOPGMQ(*EXT) CLOF OPNID(PFBMAST) DLTOVR FILE(PFBMAST) LVL(*JOB) ENDPGM SAM2 s program : FPFBMAST UF E DISK USROPN infds(dsBMast) DMsg s 50a d* DDsBMast DS DIsEOF 10 10 DStatus 11 15 0 DOpCode 16 21 DMsgNbr 46 52 c* c* -----------------------------------------C 'OPEN NOW...' DSPLY C Open pfBMAST C If *IN77 C 'CANNOT OPEN' DSPLY c status dsply C Eval *inlr = *on C Return c Endif c Read BM c* Do some database c* processing here... c* C Close pfBMAST C Eval *inlr=*on C Return
77
55
LAB : ERror handling a READ Statement : *SHRUPD Share update (*SHRUPD) lock is when one user locks the pf so that he can update and read it. But others can read and update it. SAM3 locks the file first. SAM2 can access the file in *UPDATE mode. LAB : Handling READ errors for SHRNUP locks.
163
RPG-ILE LABS SAM3 locks PF with *SHRNUP : SAM2 tries to open file in UPDATE Mode. SAM2 gets the following response : OUTPUT : DSPLY OPEN NOW... DSPLY CANNOT OPEN DSPLY 1217 What if SAM2 tries to open the PFBMAST in INPUT mode ? The file is opened successfully. LAB : Handling error in EXCLRD (EXCLUSIVE ALLOW read) lock Sam3 locks the PFBMAST in *EXCLRD.Sam3 tries to open in update mode : Result : SAM2 cannot open pf in UPDATE mode. DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY OPEN NOW... CANNOT OPEN 1217
SAM2 successfully opens the file in INPUT mode Lab : Normal record locks. SAM3 overrides pfbmast so that when it is opened, it gets a record format lock (as done prevoisly) as *EXCL. With sam3s program running, call rpfids2 for sam2. This program cannot open pf in update mode. SAM2 cannot open this file in INPUT mode either. Code of sam3 : CLlock : PGM /* LOCK THE PFBMAST FILE TOTALLY. LET NO ONE OPEN */ OVRDBF FILE(PFBMAST) RCDFMTLCK((BM *EXCL OVRSCOPE(*JOB) /* CALL RPFIDS3 WHICH READS PFBMAST IN UPDATE MODE*/ CALL RPFIDS3 DLTOVR FILE(PFBMAST) LVL(*JOB) ENDPGM RPFIDS3 (sam3s program) FPFBMAST uF E DISK USROPN infds(dsBMast) DMsg s 50a d* DDsBMast DS DIsEOF 10 10 DStatus 11 15 0 DOpCode 16 21 DMsgNbr 46 52 c* c* ------------------------------------------
)) +
164
RPG-ILE LABS C 'OPEN NOW...' DSPLY C Open C If C 'CANNOT OPEN' DSPLY c status dsply C Eval C Return c Endif c Read c* Do some database c* processing here... c 'ENDING' DSPLY C Close C Eval C Return SAM2s program : FPFBMAST iF E DISK USROPN infds(dsBMast) DMsg s 50a d* DDsBMast DS DIsEOF 10 10 DStatus 11 15 0 DOpCode 16 21 DMsgNbr 46 52 c* c* -----------------------------------------C 'OPEN NOW...' DSPLY C Open pfBMAST C If *IN77 C 'CANNOT OPEN' DSPLY c status dsply C Eval *inlr = *on C Return c Endif c Read BM c* Do some database c* processing here... c 'ENDING 2' DSPLY C Close pfBMAST C Eval *inlr=*on C Return pfBMAST *IN77 *inlr = *on BM 55 77
pfBMAST *inlr=*on
77
55
Sam3s screen : DSPLY OPEN NOW... DSPLY ENDING Sam2s screen : (for both modes : READ FOR Update as well as READ FOR Input) DSPLY OPEN NOW... DSPLY CANNOT OPEN DSPLY 1217 Lab : Effect of File locking in the same job
165
RPG-ILE LABS In the same job, at the same level, a program can open a Exclusively locked file : PGM /* LOCK THE PFBMAST FILE TOTALLY. LET NO ONE OPEN */ OVRDBF FILE(PFBMAST) RCDFMTLCK((BM *EXCL)) + OVRSCOPE(*JOB) SHARE(*NO) OPNDBF FILE(SAM2/PFBMAST) OPTION(*INP) OPNID(I4) + OPNSCOPE(*JOB) /* CALL RPFIDS3 WHICH READS PFBMAST IN UPDATE MODE*/ CALL RPFIDS3 CLOF OPNID(I4) DLTOVR FILE(PFBMAST) LVL(*JOB) Here RPFIDS3 has successfully opened the pf in Update mode. ENDPGM LAB : Locking excl in sam3a activation group and then opening a file in update mode in sam3b act grp is possible Listing of CLLOCK compiled to run in the SAM3A activation group : PGM /* LOCK THE PFBMAST FILE TOTALLY. LET NO ONE OPEN */ OVRDBF FILE(PFBMAST) RCDFMTLCK((BM *EXCL)) + SECURE(*YES) OVRSCOPE(*ACTGRPDFN) SHARE(*NO) OPNDBF FILE(SAM2/PFBMAST) OPTION(*INP) OPNID(I4) + OPNSCOPE(*ACTGRPDFN) /* CALL RPFIDS3 WHICH READS PFBMAST IN UPDATE MODE*/ CALL RPFIDS3 CLOF OPNID(I4) DLTOVR FILE(PFBMAST) LVL(*ACTGRPDFN) ENDPGM Results of DSPJOB : 2 different data paths generated for PFBMAST : PFBMAST SAM2 PFBMAST *ACTGRPDFN 0000033071 SAM3A PFBMAST SAM2 PFBMAST *ACTGRPDFN 0000033110 SAM3B RPFIDS3 is compiled to run in the SAM3B activation group. LAB : Handling normal record locking A program tries to read for update, if the READ fails, displays the error (satus code) If RPGFIDS3 is started first, it opens the PFBMAST in update mode. A READ operation is performed. This is READ FOR UPDATE since the open mode was UPDATE. Now that a READ for UPDATE has bnen done,the record is locked. At this time of RPFIDS2 is started, it may open the file in Update mode (since we have not enabled any object level locking, the database file is for anyone to use and open in any mode as desired) The RPFIDS2 has no problems opening thie file, but when it tries to read this fie (READ FOR UPDATE) it cannot because the first record is already locked by RPFIDS3. Had RPFIDS2 tried to read the second or any other record (apart from rec 1) it would have succeeded. The first record is locked by RPFIDS3. The lock is released only when RPFIDS3 does an explicit UNLOCK operation or reads another record for update.
166
RPG-ILE LABS Output from RPFIDS2 DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY OPEN NOW... CANNOT read 1218
RPFIDS2 opened the file in update mode but could not read record #1. It waited 60 secs (record wait time) and then switched on the indicator in the LO section. We check state of this indicator and display the STATUS value which comes out to be 1218 ! Code for RPFIDS2 : FPFBMAST uF E DISK USROPN infds(dsBMast) DMsg s 50a d* DDsBMast DS DIsEOF 10 10 DStatus 11 15 0 DOpCode 16 21 DMsgNbr 46 52 c* c* -----------------------------------------C 'OPEN NOW...' DSPLY C Open pfBMAST C If *IN77 C 'CANNOT OPEN' DSPLY c status dsply C Eval *inlr = *on C Return c Endif c Eval *in55 = '1' c dow *in55 = '1' c Read BM C If *IN66 C 'CANNOT read' DSPLY c status dsply c else c* Do some database c* processing here... c 'RPFIDS 2' dsply c bcode dsply c bname dsply c bprice dsply c endif c enddo c 'ENDING 2' DSPLY c C Close pfBMAST C Eval *inlr=*on C Return Code for RPFIDS3 : FPFBMAST DMsg d* DDsBMast uF E s DS DISK 50a USROPN infds(dsBMast)
77
6655
167
RPG-ILE LABS DIsEOF 10 10 DStatus 11 15 0 DOpCode 16 21 DMsgNbr 46 52 c* c* -----------------------------------------C 'OPEN NOW...' DSPLY C Open pfBMAST C If *IN77 C 'CANNOT OPEN' DSPLY c status dsply C Eval *inlr = *on C Return c Endif c Read BM c* Do some database c* processing here... c bcode dsply c bname dsply c bprice dsply c 'ENDING' DSPLY C Close pfBMAST C Eval *inlr=*on C Return
77
55
RPFIDS2 will have no problems opening the file in Input mode.In the input mode the READ opcode causes a READ FOR INQUIRY that does not lock a record. LAB : Handling READ of UPDATE failures Program RPFIDS2 tries to perform a READ for Update for 3 times, if all 3 attempts fail, it does a read for inquiry and display data in the record. When RPFIDS2 is doing all this, RPFIDS3 has already locked the first record of the PFBMAST with a READ for UPDATE. Code for RPFIDS3 remains the same : opens PFMAST in Update mode and reads the first record as READ for UPDATE. Then it stops with something displaed using DSPLY. Code for RPFIDS2 : FPFBMAST uF E DISK USROPN infds(dsBMast) DMsg s 50a d* DDsBMast DS DIsEOF 10 10 DStatus 11 15 0 DOpCode 16 21 DMsgNbr 46 52 c* c* -----------------------------------------C 'OPEN NOW...' DSPLY C Open pfBMAST C If *IN77 C 'CANNOT OPEN' DSPLY c status dsply C Eval *inlr = *on c Return c Endif
77
168
RPG-ILE LABS c c* c* c* c c c* c* c* c* C C c c c c* c* c c c c c c c c C C C Eval *in66 = '1' This loop goes on till atleast 1 successful READ operation is done. dow *in66 = '1' Read BM will wait 60 seconds If record still not available will switch on 66 If 'CANNOT read' DSPLY status dsply Iter else Do some database processing here... 'RPFIDS 2' dsply bcode dsply bname dsply bprice dsply endif enddo 'ENDING 2' DSPLY Close Eval Return *IN66 6655
pfBMAST *inlr=*on
OUTPUT of RPFIDS2: DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY OPEN NOW... CANNOT read 1218
LAB : Locking PF with ALLOC SAM3 runs following program : PGM /* LOCK THE PFBMAST FILE TOTALLY. LET NO ONE OPEN */ ALCOBJ OBJ((SAM2/PFBMAST *FILE *EXCL *FIRST)) WAIT(5) SNDPGMMSG MSG('Object is Alocated *EXCL.') TOPGMQ(*EXT) DLCOBJ OBJ((SAM2/PFBMAST *FILE *EXCL PFBMAST)) ENDPGM SAM2 runs the following program shortly after SAm3 ran his program :
FPFBMAST uF E DISK USROPN infds(dsBMast) DMsg s 50a d* DDsBMast DS DIsEOF 10 10 DStatus 11 15 0 DOpCode 16 21 DMsgNbr 46 52 c* c* -----------------------------------------C 'OPEN NOW...' DSPLY
169
RPG-ILE LABS C C C c C c c c c* c* c* c c c* c* c* c* C C c c c c* c* c c c c c c c c C C C Open pfBMAST If *IN77 'CANNOT OPEN' DSPLY status dsply Eval *inlr = *on Return Endif Eval *in66 = '1' This loop goes on till atleast 1 successful READ operation is done. dow *in66 = '1' Read BM will wait 60 seconds If record still not available will switch on 66 If 'CANNOT read' DSPLY status dsply Iter else Do some database processing here... 'RPFIDS 2' dsply bcode dsply bname dsply bprice dsply endif enddo 'ENDING 2' DSPLY Close Eval Return *IN66 77
6655
pfBMAST *inlr=*on
OUTPUT as recd by SAM3 : Object is Alocated *EXCL. This msg is displayed till ENTER is pressed. OUTPUT as seen by SAM2 : DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY OPEN NOW... CANNOT OPEN 1217
ALCOBJ can be used for all Modes : *EXCL, *SHRRD, *SHRUP, *SHRNUP. LAB : Error Handling a DELETE operation Program of SAM3 : RPFIDS3 Opens pfbmast in Update mode and reads first record and stops with a DSPLY. Thus the first record is effectively locked. Program of SAM2 : RPFIDS2 FPFBMAST uF E DISK USROPN infds(dsBMast)
170
RPG-ILE LABS DMsg s 50a d* DDsBMast DS DIsEOF 10 10 DStatus 11 15 0 DOpCode 16 21 DMsgNbr 46 52 c* C 'OPEN NOW...' DSPLY C Open pfBMAST c Read BM c Read BM c 1 Setll BM c 'Will DLT now'Dsply c* -----------------------------------------------------------c* -----------------------------------------------------------c*| Run RPFIDS3 now. RPFIDS3 reads the First rec and locks it. c*| Can RPFIDS2 delete this record now ? c* -----------------------------------------------------------c c Delete bm c If *in88 = *on c Eval *in88 = *off c 'Canot delete'Dsply c Status Dsply c Else c 'dlt done !' Dsply c Endif c 'ENDING 2' DSPLY c C Close pfBMAST C Eval *inlr=*on C Return
55 55
88
OUTPUT : DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY OPEN NOW... Will DLT now Canot delete 1221
Run RPFIDS2 first. When it displays Will DLT now, run RPFIDS3. RPFIDS3 reads first record in the PFBMAST and shows bcode value.Keep RPFIDS3 just at this point and press enter to continue running RPFIDS2. Now RPFIDS2 tries to DELETE record #1 but cannot since RPFIDS3 has locked it. This the 77 indicator of the DELETE opcode becomes ON. Display the Value of Status which comes out to be 1221 (unable to DELETE !) NOW try the same trick with UPDATE : Code for SAM2 is changed as follows : FPFBMAST DMsg d* DDsBMast DIsEOF DStatus DOpCode uF E s DS 10 11 16 10 15 21 0 DISK 50a USROPN infds(dsBMast)
171
RPG-ILE LABS DMsgNbr 46 52 c* C 'OPEN NOW...' DSPLY C Open pfBMAST c Read BM c Read BM c 1 Setll BM c 'Will UPD now'Dsply c* -----------------------------------------------------------c*| Run RPFIDS3 now. RPFIDS3 reads the First rec and locks it. c*| Can RPFIDS2 delete this record now ? c* -----------------------------------------------------------c Eval Bcode = 122 c Eval BName = 'ACAD' c Eval BPrice= 180 c Update bm c If *in88 = *on c Eval *in88 = *off c 'Canot Update'Dsply c Status Dsply c Else c 'UPD done !' Dsply c Endif c 'ENDING 2' DSPLY c C Close pfBMAST C Eval *inlr=*on C Return OUTPUT : DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY OPEN NOW... Will UPD now Canot Update 1221
55 55
88
Importance of POST opcode :

The fields from position 1 to position 66 in the file feedback section of the INFDS are always provided and updated even if INFDS is not specified in the program. The fields from position 67 to position 80 of the file feedback section of the INFDS are only updated after a POST operation to a specific device.
LAB : Handling database WRITE errors Unique (Primary key) violation : Following program tries to load duplicate record. BCODE has a Primarky Key constraint and hence the WRITE operation fails. The status code is displayed. COUTION : The BKMAST2 file must be Journaled before the following program can run. Listing : FpfBMAST2 dDSBMAST dStatus f* c c UF A E DS *status Open pfBMAST2 77 DISK InfDS(DSBMAST)
172
RPG-ILE LABS c c c c c c c c* c c c c* c* c* c* c c c* c c c c c c c c c status If Dsply Eval Return EndIF *in77 *inlr = *on
Read BM ------------------------------------------------Eval Bcode = 101 Eval BName = 'xxx' Eval BPrice = 100 WRITE operation will fails. Hence use indicator in LO indicator. Write If BM *in77 = *on 77
55
error inwrite 'cannot write'Dsply Status Dsply Eval Endif Close Eval Return
*in77 = *off
pfBMAST2 *inlr = *on
Record cannot be written since 1 record already has this BCODE value. STATUS CODE : 1215 Referential Intregity Constraint Violation : LAB :Handling referential integrity errors. Pre-Requisites : 2 Physical files : 1 master database and 1 Transaction database must be available. Th Master database file (PFBMAST) contains BCODE,BNAME and BPRICE. Another database file BTRANS contains BCODE, BQTY,BMODE. The BCODE in Master file PK constraint and bcode in transaction file has FK constraint. The followign program tries to write invalid record to the Transaction file. The status code is displayed. (1022) F*fBMAST2 IF E DISK FpfTRANs UF A E DISK Prefix(x:1) INFDS(dstrans) USROPN dDSTRANS DS dStatus *status f* f* PfTran has fields with the same name as in PFBMAST. f* If you use prefix for pfTRAN, all fields and record format also f* can be referenced by replaceing their first letter by x. For f* example, a field in BTrans is BCode.It becomes xCode. f* c c Open PFTRANS c c Read BTrans 55 c* put a invalid value for xcode. there is no book inthe Book Master c* table with this name. Since the 2 tables are linked by referential c* Integrity, the record cannot be written to BTrans
173
RPG-ILE LABS c* c c c c* c* c* c* c c c* c c c c c c c c c ------------------------------------------------Eval xcode = 7777 Eval xQty= 7777 Eval xMode = 'I' WRITE operation will fails. Hence use indicator in LO indicator. Write If error inwrite 'cannot write'Dsply Status Dsply Eval Endif Close Eval Return BTrans *in77 = *on 77
*in77 = *off
PFTRANS *inlr = *on
OUTPUT : DSPLY DSPLY cannot write 1022
LAB : Inserting NULL values into database fields Database file : A A A A A A UNIQUE(*EXCNULL) R BM BCODE BNAME BPRICE K BCODE 4S 0 30A 7S 2 ALWNULL
UNIQUE(*EXCNUL) allows duplicate NULL values. UNIQUE constraint is not applied to NULL values entered. By saying ALWNUL to BCODE, we can enter NULL values into BCODE. Program Write 1 Null to BCODE and XML to BNAME. Then it reads all records form start and disdplays records where BCODe is NULL. Listing : FpfBMAST UF A E DDSBMAST DS DStatus *status D* c c Open c If c status Dsply c Eval DISK InfDS(DSBMAST) UsrOpn
pfBMAST *in77 *inlr = *on
77
174
RPG-ILE LABS c Return c EndIF c c Read c* ---Set Bcode to NULL using c Eval c Eval c Eval c* c Write c If c* error inwrite c 'cannot write'Dsply c Status Dsply c Eval c Endif c c 1 Setll c Dow c Read c If c Leave c Endif c If c 'Null !' Dsply c BName Dsply c EndIf c Enddo c Close c Eval c Return
BM NULL Indicator --------%NullInd(bcode) = '1' BName = 'XML' BPrice = 177 BM *in77 = *on 77
55
*in77 = *off BM '1' Bm *in77 %NullInd(BCode)
77
pfBMAST *inlr = *on
Compilation : 14 then F4 specify *USRCTL to Allow Null Fields option.Pree ENTER. c If %NullInd(BCode)
This line checks if Value of BCOde for currently read record is Null or Not. If it IS null, the %NULLIND function returns a TRUE.
OUTPUT DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY
: Null ! name1 Null ! name1 Null ! XML Null ! XML
During compilation you get following errors /warnings if *USRCTL is not specified for BCODE : Msg id Sv Number Seq Message text *RNF7150 00 1 000100 Record BM in file PFBMAST contains null capable fie *RNF7420 30 19 001500 %NULLIND cannot be used when ALWNULL(*USRCTL) is no specified. *RNF7420 30 37 003300 %NULLIND cannot be used when ALWNULL(*USRCTL) is no specified.
175
RPG-ILE LABS OUTPUT of RUNQRY on PFBMAST : BCODE BNAME - Hee - XML - XML - XML
BPRICE 120.00 177.00 177.00 177.00
176
RPG-ILE LABS Flat Physical file Use CRTPF to create a flat physical file. Dont specify the source PF or member name. Only specify the record format length, and press ENTER. RPG listing to access the flat physical file : fpfflat if c c xpfflat c e Read dsply Eval disk r1 rename(pfflat:r1) prefix(x)
*inlr = *on
177
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Overriding a member of Database file fPFMEM IF E dQCMDEXC PR darg1 darg2 dcmd001 s dcmdLen s c Open c Read c bcode dsply c bname dsply c Close c* c Eval c eval c callp c Open c 1 Setll C Read c 66'read err' dsply c BCode Dsply c BName Dsply c close c* c Eval c eval c callp c Eval c eval c callp c Open C Read c BCode Dsply c BName Dsply c Close c Eval c Return DISK 50a 15p 5 50a 15p 5 pfmem bm PFMEM cmd001 = 'OVRDBF file(PFMEM) MBR(JAN)' cmdLen = %Len(%trim(cmd001)) QCMDEXC(cmd001:cmdlen) PFMEM bm BM 6655 usropn ExtPgm('QCMDEXC')
44
pfmem cmd001 = 'dltovr file(PFMEM)' cmdLen = %Len(%trim(cmd001)) QCMDEXC(cmd001:cmdlen) cmd001 = 'OVRDBF file(PFMEM) MBR(FEB)' cmdLen = %Len(%trim(cmd001)) QCMDEXC(cmd001:cmdlen) PFMEM BM 55 PFMEM *inlr = *on : PFMEM , JAN and FEB
The Physical file PFMEM has 3 members
The data in JN and FEB can be displayed using above program. ODP
178
RPG-ILE LABS
ENBEDDED SQL :
LAB : Embedded SQL : basics dnCode s 4s 0 inz(0) dnTemp s 7s 2 inz(45.00) d d d* I have made sure that only 1 record is returned. d* d* c/EXEC SQL c+ Select bcode into :nCode from pfbmast where c+ bprice = :nTemp c/END-EXEC c nCode Dsply c Eval *inlr = *on c Return c* c* NOTES : 1. 1. Type of the program should be SQLRPGLE. Do option 14 and press F4. Specify *NONE to commitment control.
LAB : Implement a Cursor dnCode s 4s 0 inz(0) dsName s 10a dnTemp s 7s 2 inz(45.00) d d c/EXEC SQL c+ DECLARE C1 Cursor For select bcode,bname from pfbmast c+ where bcode IS NULL c/END-EXEC c/EXEC SQL c+ Open C1 c/END-EXEC c c* Start reading the data c* ---------------------c Dow '1' c/EXEC SQL c+ Fetch from C1 into :nCode,:sName c/END-EXEC c*c If SQLCOD = 100 c Leave c Endif c*-c c nCode Dsply c sName Dsply c Enddo c c* -------Now close the cursor ----------
179
RPG-ILE LABS c/EXEC SQL c+ Close C1 c/END-EXEC c c c* c*
Eval Return
*inlr = *on
LAB : Implementing a Scroll cursor Accept the relative position from the current cursor pointer position and display the record. If too high a relative position is specified, the SQLCOD is set to 100 (position exceeeds the last record in the cursor) The pointer remains at the current record. Relative works this way : Suppose of cursor pointer position is rec #4. If you specify RELATIVE :n where n is 2, the pointer goes like : 5,6 and stops at 6 since that is the second record from the 4th record. IF you specify Relative :n where nis 2, the pointer goes back 2 records ie. To the second record. Listing : dnCode s 4s 0 inz(0) dsName s 10a dnRecNum s 4s 0 inz(-2) d d c/EXEC SQL c+ DECLARE C1 scroll Cursor For select bcode,bname from pfbmast c+ where bcode <110 c/END-EXEC c/EXEC SQL c+ Open C1 c/END-EXEC c c* Start reading the data c* ---------------------c Dow '1' c/EXEC SQL c+ Fetch relative :nRecNum from C1 into :nCode,:sName c/END-EXEC c*-c c nCode Dsply c sName Dsply c SqlCod Dsply c SqlWrn Dsply c 'Pos :(0:End)'Dsply nRecNum c If nRecNum = 0 c Leave c Endif c c Enddo c c* -------Now close the cursor ---------c/EXEC SQL c+ Close C1 c/END-EXEC c Eval *inlr = *on c Return
180
RPG-ILE LABS c* c*
OUTPUT : DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY 1 DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY 108 EXCEL
100 2
Pos :(0:End) 108 EXCEL
100 1
Pos :(0:End)
Type reply, press Enter. Reply . . . __________________________________
LAB : Implementing a Dynamic scroll cursor Program displays the first record in the cursor (which contains all records). It asks for position and sets pointer to that position. Actually, it asks if the current record is to be updateed or not before positioning to the requested record. After updating , it points to the new record requested. dnCode s 4s 0 inz(0) dsName s 10a dnRecNum s 4s 0 inz(1) dsDecide s 1a inz('n') d d c/EXEC SQL c+ DECLARE C1 DYNAMIC scroll Cursor For select bcode,bname c+ from pfbmast c/END-EXEC c/EXEC SQL c+ Open C1 c/END-EXEC c c* Start reading the data c* ---------------------c Dow '1' c/EXEC SQL c+ Fetch relative :nRecNum from C1 into :nCode,:sName c/END-EXEC c*-c 'DATA READ :-'Dsply c nCode Dsply c sName Dsply c 'Code/Warn :' Dsply c SqlCod Dsply c SqlWrn Dsply c 'Pos :(9:End)'Dsply nRecNum c If nRecNum = 9
181
RPG-ILE LABS c Leave c Endif c c c 'Update ?' dsply sDecide c*002 c If sDecide = 'y' Or sDecide = 'Y' c 'New Code :' dsply nCode c c/exec sql c+ update pfbmast set BCode =:nCode Where Current of C1 c/End-Exec c 'UPD CD/WRN :'Dsply c SqlCod Dsply c Sqlwrn Dsply c Sqlwn0 Dsply c EndIf c*002 c Enddo c c* -------Now close the cursor ---------c/EXEC SQL c+ Close C1 c/END-EXEC c Eval *inlr = *on c Return c* c* Output :
LAB : Error Handling : watching values of SQLCOD and SQLERR for insert/update errors
In the following program, the first iteration of the DOW loop tries to load 120value into to the BCODE field. This violates PK constraint on the BKMAST since oen of the records already has BCODE as 120. Study the values of SQLCOD and SQLERR : dnCode s 4s 0 inz(120) dsName s 10a dnPrice s 7s 2 inz(100) dsDecide s 1a inz('n') dnTemp s 7s 2 inz(45.00) dCntr s 4s 0 inz(0) d* ---------------------------------------------------------------------D* SQL Communications area :automatically added,hence I commented it out. d* ---------------------------------------------------------------------D*SQLCA DS D* SQLAID 1 8A D* SQLABC 9 12B 0 D* SQLCOD 13 16B 0 D* SQLERL 17 18B 0 D* SQLERM 19 88A D* SQLERP 89 96A D* SQLERRD 97 120B 0 DIM(6) D* SQLERR 97 120A
182
RPG-ILE LABS D* SQLER1 97 100B 0 D* SQLER2 101 104B 0 D* SQLER3 105 108B 0 D* SQLER4 109 112B 0 D* SQLER5 113 116B 0 D* SQLER6 117 120B 0 D* SQLWRN 121 131A D* SQLWN0 121 121A D* SQLWN1 122 122A D* SQLWN2 123 123A D* SQLWN3 124 124A D* SQLWN4 125 125A D* SQLWN5 126 126A D* SQLWN6 127 127A D* SQLWN7 128 128A D* SQLWN8 129 129A D* SQLWN9 130 130A D* SQLWNA 131 131A D* SQLSTT 132 136A c c c Dow '1' c/EXEC SQL c+ Insert into pfbmast values (:nCode,:sName,:nPrice) c/END-EXEC c*c 'Code :' Dsply c nCode Dsply c 'Price :' dsply c nPrice Dsply c 'sqlcod' Dsply c sqlcod Dsply c*-c 'sqlerr' Dsply c sqlerr Dsply c*-c 'sqlwrn' Dsply c sqlwrn Dsply c*-c 'sqlwn0' Dsply c sqlwn0 Dsply c*-c Eval nPrice = nPrice * 2 c Eval nCode = nCode - 1 c 'Exit ?' Dsply sDecide c If sDecide = 'y' OR sDecide = 'Y' Leave c Endif c Enddo c c Eval *inlr = *on c Return c* c* OUTPUT : For error in input : DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY Code : 120 Price : 10000
This is actually 100.00
183
RPG-ILE LABS DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY sqlcod 803sqlerr 50345009 sqlwrn sqlwn0 Exit ? n
Type reply, press Enter. Reply . . . ________________________________________ SQLCOD is 803 when the PK constraint in violated. OUTPUT : For valid input : DSPLY Code : DSPLY 119 DSPLY Price : DSPLY 20000 DSPLY sqlcod DSPLY 0 DSPLY sqlerr DSPLY DSPLY sqlwrn DSPLY DSPLY sqlwn0 DSPLY DSPLY Exit ? n
7956
Type reply, press Enter. Reply . . . ________________________________________ LAB : Prepared statement
184
RPG-ILE LABS
LAB : QCMDEXC dStrCommand dCmdLen c c c c 'Done' c c s s call Parm Parm dsply Eval Return 7a inz('WRKSPLF') 15p 5 inz(7) 'QCMDEXC' StrCommand CmdLen *inlr = *on
Interactive Comand Execution by promting : d* Program demostrates command prompting. The program will run d* CrtLIb command and display the command on screen, since d* ? is used, prompting for the entire command starts. d* Provide a lib name, type and press ENTER. d* If you press F3, (refuse to run the command) a message is d* recieved. Use PSSR to handle error. d* dStrCommand s 90a dCmdLen s 15p 5 inz(7) c Eval StrCommand = '?CRTLIB' c call 'QCMDEXC' c Parm StrCommand c Parm CmdLen c End1 Tag c 'Done' dsply c Eval *inlr = *on c Return c *PSSR Begsr c Goto End1 c Endsr
185
RPG-ILE LABS
PAGE : 253 ADDITIONS TO THE MAIN COVERAGE BEGIN HERE (ADDILE5 )

LAB : Work in VARSIZE (passign a pramater lesser than expected size as a prameter to procedure)
186
RPG-ILE LABS LAB :

/free DateDue = %date (DUEDATE: *ISO); DaysLate = %diff (CurDate: DateDue: *d);
LAB : %Char %Int Convert a char to int , int to char, char to float float to char LAB :
D D D D CharToNum PI 30P 9 string 100A CONST VARYING decComma 2A CONST OPTIONS(*NOPASS) currency 1A CONST OPTIONS(*NOPASS)
/free // override defaults if optional parameters were passed if %parms > 1; decPoint = %subst(decComma : 1 : 1); comma = %subst(decComma : 2 :1); endif; if %parms > 2; cursym = currency; endif; // initialization len = %len(string); // begin reading the integer part pNumPart = %addr(intPart); // loop through characters for i = 1 to len; c = %subst(string : i : 1); select; // ignore blanks, digit separator, currency symbol when c = comma or c = *blank or c = cursym; iter; // decimal point: switch to reading the decimal part when c = decPoint; pNumPart = %addr(decPart); iter; // sign: remember the most recent sign when c = '+' or c = '-'; sign = c; iter; // more signs: cr, CR, () are all negative signs when c = 'C' or c = 'R' or c = 'c' or c = 'r' or c = '(' or c = ')'; sign = '-'; iter; // a digit: add it to the current build area other; eval numPart = numPart + c; endsl; endfor; // copy the digit strings into the correct positions in the // zoned variable, using the character overlay decStart = %len(result) - %decPos(result) + 1;
187
RPG-ILE LABS
intStart = decStart - %len(intPart); eval %subst(resChars : intStart : %len(intPart)) = intPart; eval %subst(resChars : decStart : %len(decPart)) = decPart; // if the sign is negative, return a negative value if sign = '-'; return -result; // otherwise, return the positive value else; return result; endif; /end-free pe
LAB : Example of a recursive call to a sub-procedure (A data item that is defined in a subprocedure uses automatic storage unless the STATIC keyword is specified for the definition.) LAB : Embeded SQL code in ILE program to be convered to Module and Bound to main line module using : CRTPGM and CGTBNGRPG (see page 80 of ilerpg) LAB : working with compiler reports You can control the spacing and pagination of the compiler listing through the use of the /EJECT and /SPACE compiler directives. The /EJECT directive forces a page break. The /SPACE directive controls line spacing within the listing. For more information on these directives refer to the ILE RPG Reference.
LAB : RPG cycle program with Match fields LAB : A status Module that contains error data structure. Any module / procedure hasa problem, it updates the data structure. This is useful when a second procedure wishes to see the resultts of execution of the last procedure. Module is a NOMAIN and has only error data structure. LAB : Running 2 programs in same actgrp and in commitment env. If 1 commits, can the other rollback ? LAB : Running 2 programs in same actgrp and in commitment env. If 1 program reads a rec, can some other job access the record ? (is it locked ? ) How is locking done in commitment control ? LAB : Demonstrate power of UPDSRVPGM : by independantly updating a single module in a service program and running the client application without any re-compilation. LAB : 2 Modules export procedure of the same name, it that OK ? If a client calls the procedure, which one will be called ? LAB : A main line program declares a global int i. A bound module exports an int i. The main line module get which I ? the imported one or the local one ?
188
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Debugging a LE program that uses /COPY to include external source code fragments LAB : using CHGPGM, UPDPGM, DSPPGM,DSPPGMREF,WRKPGM In general, you can update a program by replacing modules as needed. For example, if you add a new procedure to a module, you recompile the module object, and then update the program. You do not have to re-create the program. UPDPGM can be used to update Module objects. To update a program created by CRTBNDRPG command, you must ensure that the revised module is in the library QTEMP. This is because the temporary module used when the CRTBNDRPG command was issued, was created in QTEMP. Once the module is in QTEMP, you can issue the UPDPGM command to replace the module. To change the optimization level of a program, use the CHGPGM command. DSPMOD : displays the optimisation level of the Module.
LAB : observability
Removing Observability
Observability involves the kinds of data that can be stored with an object, and that allow the object to be changed without recompiling the source. The addition of this data increases the size of the object. Consequently, you may want to remove the data in order to reduce object size. But once the data is removed, observability is also removed. You must recompile the source and recreate the program to replace the data. The types of data are: Create Data Represented by the *CRTDTA value. This data is necessary to translate the code to machine instructions. The object must have this data before you can change the optimization level. Debug Data Represented by the *DBGDTA value. This data is necessary to allow an object to be debugged. Profiling Data Represented by the *BLKORD and *PRCORD values. This data is necessary to allow the system to re-apply block order and procedure order profiling data. Use the CHGPGM command or the CHGMOD command to remove some or all the data from a program or module respectively. Removing all observability reduces an object to its minimum size (without compression). It is not possible to change the object in any way unless you re-create it. Therefore, ensure that you
86
ILE RPG Programmers Guide
have all source required to create the program or have a comparable program object with CRTDATA. To re-create it, you must have authorization to access the source code.
Reducing an Objects Size

The create data (*CRTDTA) associated with an ILE program or module may make up more than half of the objects size. By removing or compressing this data, you will reduce the secondary storage requirements for your programs significantly.
Changing a Module or Program

Page 105 LAB : DSPSRVPGM : To display procedures (services) exported by the service procedure. LAB : working with service program
189
RPG-ILE LABS
Changing A Service Program

You can update or change a service program in the same ways available to a program object. In other words, you can: v Update the service program (using UPDSRVPGM) v Change the optimization level (using CHGSRVPGM) v Remove observability (using CHGSRVPGM) v Reduce the size (using CPROBJ) For more information on any of the above points, see Changing a Module or Program on page 84.
Related CL commands
The following CL commands are also used with service programs: v Change Service Program (CHGSRVPGM) v Display Service Program (DSPSRVPGM) v Delete Service Program (DLTSRVPGM) v Update Service Program (UPDSRVPGM) v Work with Service Program (WRKSRVPGM) LAB : using operation descriptors The service program makes use of operational descriptors, which is an ILE construct used when the precise nature of a passed parameter is not known ahead of time, in this case the length. The operational descriptors are created on a call to a procedure when you specify the operation extender (D) on the CALLB operation, or when OPDESC is specified on the prototype. To use the operational descriptors, the service program must call the ILE bindable API, CEEDOD (Retrieve Operational Descriptor). This API requires certain parameters which must be defined for the CALLB operation. However, it is the last parameter which provides the information needed, namely, the length. For more information on operational descriptors, see Using Operational Descriptors on page 135.
*=================================================================* * CvtToHex - convert input string to hex output string *=================================================================* H COPYRIGHT('(C) Copyright MyCompany 1995') D/COPY RPGGUIDE/QRPGLE,CVTHEXPR *-----------------------------------------------------------------* * Main entry parameters * 1. Input: string character(n) * 2. Output: hex string character(2 * n) *-----------------------------------------------------------------* D CvtToHex PI OPDESC D InString 16383 CONST OPTIONS(*VARSIZE) D HexString 32766 OPTIONS(*VARSIZE) *-----------------------------------------------------------------* * Prototype for CEEDOD (Retrieve operational descriptor) *-----------------------------------------------------------------* D CEEDOD PR D ParmNum 10I 0 CONST D 10I 0 D 10I 0 D 10I 0 D 10I 0 D 10I 0 D 12A OPTIONS(*OMIT) * Parameters passed to CEEDOD D DescType S 10I 0 D DataType S 10I 0 D DescInfo1 S 10I 0 D DescInfo2 S 10I 0 D InLen S 10I 0
190
RPG-ILE LABS
D HexLen S 10I 0 *-----------------------------------------------------------------* * Other fields used by the program * *-----------------------------------------------------------------* D HexDigits C CONST('0123456789ABCDEF') D IntDs DS D IntNum 5I 0 INZ(0) D IntChar 1 OVERLAY(IntNum:2) D HexDs DS D HexC1 1 D HexC2 1 D InChar S 1 D Pos S 5P 0 D HexPos S 5P 0 Figure 42. Source for Service Program CvtToHex (Part 1 of 2)
Chapter 8. Creating a Service Program
*-----------------------------------------------------------------* * Use the operational descriptors to determine the lengths of * * the parameters that were passed. * *-----------------------------------------------------------------* C CALLP CEEDOD(1 : DescType : DataType : C DescInfo1 : DescInfo2: Inlen : C *OMIT) C CALLP CEEDOD(2 : DescType : DataType : C DescInfo1 : DescInfo2: HexLen : C *OMIT) *-----------------------------------------------------------------* * Determine the length to handle (minimum of the input length * * and half of the hex length) * *-----------------------------------------------------------------* C IFInLen > HexLen / 2 C EVAL InLen = HexLen / 2 C ENDIF *-----------------------------------------------------------------* * For each character in the input string, convert to a 2-byte * * hexadecimal representation (for example, '5' --> 'F5') * *-----------------------------------------------------------------* C EVAL HexPos = 1 C DO InLen Pos C EVAL InChar = %SUBST(InString : Pos :1) C EXSR GetHex C EVAL %SUBST(HexString : HexPos : 2) = HexDs C EVAL HexPos = HexPos + 2 C ENDDO *-----------------------------------------------------------------* * Done; return to caller. * *-----------------------------------------------------------------* C RETURN *=================================================================* * GetHex - subroutine to convert 'InChar' to 'HexDs' * ** * Use division by 16 to separate the two hexadecimal digits. * * The quotient is the first digit, the remainder is the second. * *=================================================================* C GetHex BEGSR C EVAL IntChar = InChar C IntNum DIV 16 X1 5 0 C MVR X2 5 0 *-----------------------------------------------------------------* * Use the hexadecimal digit (plus 1) to substring the list of * * hexadecimal characters '012...CDEF'. * *-----------------------------------------------------------------* C EVAL HexC1 = %SUBST(HexDigits:X1+1:1) C EVAL HexC2 = %SUBST(HexDigits:X2+1:1) C ENDSR Figure 42. Source for Service Program CvtToHex (Part 2 of 2)
93
191
RPG-ILE LABS
Sample Service Program 94 ILE RPG Programmers Guide

When designing this service program, it was decided to make use of binder language to determine the interface, so that the program could be more easily updated at a later date. Figure 44 shows the binder language needed to define the exports of the service program CVTTOHEX. This source is used in the EXPORT, SRCFILE and SRCMBR parameters of the CRTSRVPGM command. The parameter SIGNATURE on STRPGMEXP identifies the interface that the service program will provide. In this case, the export identified in the binder language is the interface. Any program bound to CVTTOHEX will make use of this signature. The binder language EXPORT statements identify the exports of the service program. You need one for each procedure whose exports you want to make available to the caller. In this case, the service program contains one module which contains one procedure. Hence, only one EXPORT statement is required.
*=================================================================* * CvtToHex - convert input string to hex output string * * Parameters * 1. Input: string character(n) * 2. Output: hex string character(2 * n) *=================================================================* D CvtToHex PR OPDESC D InString 16383 CONST OPTIONS(*VARSIZE) D HexString 32766 OPTIONS(*VARSIZE) Figure 43. Source for /COPY Member with Prototype for CvtToHex STRPGMEXP SIGNATURE('CVTHEX') EXPORT SYMBOL('CVTTOHEX') ENDPGMEXP Figure 44. Source for Binder Language for CvtToHex
Sample Service Program
LAB : system reply list Use the Change Job (CHGJOB) command (or other CL job command) to indicate that your job uses the reply list for inquiry messages. To do this, you should specify *SYSRPYL for the Inquiry Message Reply (INQMSGRPY) attribute. The reply list is only used when an inquiry message is sent by a job that has the Inquiry Message Reply (INQMSGRPY) attribute specified as INQMSGRPY(*SYSRPYL). The INQMSGRPY parameter occurs on the following CL commands: v Change Job (CHGJOB) v Change Job Description (CHGJOBD) v Create Job Description (CRTJOBD) v Submit Job (SBMJOB). You can also use the Work with Reply List Entry (WRKRPYLE) command to change or remove entries in the system reply list. For details of the ADDRPYLE and WRKRPYLE commands, see the CL and APIs section of LAB : Run a program in DFTACTGRP or a named ACTGRP , do not seton the LR Are the files opened ? does RCLRSC close the files. Isthis why a parent program uses FREE opcode ? to free the resources of a child that ended normally without setting On the LR ?
192
RPG-ILE LABS When a program does not do a seton lr and ends, and suppose it runs in a named act grp, then the files opened by the program remain open. Do RCLRSC (mostly) to close files or do a RCLACTGRP to delete the act grp : this cleans up any resources loced up and closes open files.
LAB : Parent handles the *ESCAPE message sent by the child. d LAB : RCLRSC
Reclaim Resources Command
The Reclaim Resources (RCLRSC) command is designed to free the resources for programs that are no longer active. The command works differently depending on how the program was created. If the program is an OPM program or was created with DFTACTGRP(*YES), then the RCLRSC command will close open files and free static storage. For ILE programs or service programs that were activated into the OPM default activation group because they were created with *CALLER, files will be closed when the RCLRSC command is issued. For programs, the storage will be re-initialized; however, the storage will not be released. For service programs, the storage will neither be re-initialized nor released. For ILE programs associated with a named activation group, the RCLRSC command has no effect. You must use the RCLACTGRP command to free resources in a named activation group. LAB :
Creating a Program for Source Debugging

In this example you create the program EMPRPT so that you can debug it using the source debugger. The DBGVIEW parameter on either CRTBNDRPG or CRTRPGMOD determines what type of debug data is created during compilation. The parameter provides six options which allow you to select which view(s) you want: v *STMT allows you to display variables and set breakpoints at statement locations using a compiler listing. No source is displayed with this view. v *SOURCE creates a view identical to your input source. v *COPY creates a source view and a view containing the source of any /COPY members. v *LIST creates a view similar to the compiler listing. v *ALL creates all of the above views. v *NONE no debug data is created. The source for EMPRPT is shown in Figure 28 on page 56. 1. To create the object type:
CRTBNDRPG PGM(MYLIB/EMPRPT) DBGVIEW(*SOURCE) DFTACTGRP(*NO)
193
RPG-ILE LABS
Chapter 12 : debugging programs
LAB : Debugging a ILE program Prepare your ILE RPG program for debugging Start a debug session Add and remove programs from a debug session View the program source from a debug session Set and remove breakpoints and watch conditions Step through a program Display and change the value of fields Display the attributes of fields Equate a shorthand name to a field, expression, or debug command You can prevent database files in production libraries from being modified unintentionally by using one of the following commands: v Use the Start Debug (STRDBG) command and retain the default *NO for the UPDPROD parameter
LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB :
194
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB : LAB : Compiler listing as a very useful source of documentation (esp for program maintenance). Specify debugging and line no options in the compiler commandoptions toinclude all them in the compiler listing. SEE PAGE 89 LAB : Debugging : All options of debugging views etc. to get most out of debugger. Debug commands. Lab : page 89 Both the CRTBNDRPG and CRTRPGMOD (see Using the CRTRPGMOD Command on page 74) commands create and update a data area with the status of the last compilation. This data area is named RETURNCODE, is 400 characters long, and is placed into library QTEMP.
SECTION 3 : SHARING ODP,OVERRIDE, OPENDBF ,ACTIVATION GROUP LAB : STUDY OF SHARED OPEN DATA PATH AND SCOPING. LISTING OF CL001 :
195
RPG-ILE LABS CALL RP01 CALL RP02 OUTPUT : 1 2 1 2 RP01 AND RP02 READ 2 RECORDS FROM FILE PFBM2. 9TYPICAL BCODE,BNAME BPRICE FILE) OUTPUT SHOWS BCODES AS 1 2 1 2. THIS IS BECAUSE WHEN RP01 IS STARTED, IT OPENS THE FILE PFBM2 AND SETS UP AN ODP. Reads 2 records and thus displays 1 2. RP01 ends and closes the ODP. RP02 starts and sets up a new ODP. It does the same thing : reads 2 records and displays bcode : thus output is 1 2. See the following listing of the CL001 program : PGM OVRDBF OPNDBF SNDPGMMSG CALL RP01 CALL RP02 CLOF DLTOVR SNDPGMMSG CALL RP01 CALL RP02 FILE(PFBM2) SECURE(*NO) OVRSCOPE(*CALLLVL) + SHARE(*YES) FILE(SAM2/PFBM2) OPTION(*ALL) OPNSCOPE(*ACTGRP) MSG('OUTPUT WHEN THE OVERRIDE WAS APPLIED ') + TOPGMQ(*EXT) OPNID(PFBM2) FILE(PFBM2) LVL(*) MSG('______OVERRIDE REMOVE_______ ') + TOPGMQ(*EXT)
ENDPGM OUTPUT :
The ovrdbf specifies that file PFBM2 will be opened in the SHARE mode and that this override is scoped to the CALL LEVEL. The currnet CL001 program sets up a call level. All RPG programs called from this CL001 will run in that call level. Scope of the the SHARE (*YES) is ACTGRPDFN level. Since all the programs will run in the DEFAULT ACTIVATION group (they are RPG/400 programs) the ODP is shared by call applications from this and higher call levels. Thus RP01 RP02 and RP003 will share the ODP setup by the OPNDBF command. Listing of RP01 : FPFBM2 C C C C C C C IF E 'RP01' BCODE BCODE DISK DSPLY READ BM DSPLY READ BM DSPLY CALL 'RP003' SETON 33 33 LR
Listing of RP003 : FPFBM2 IF E DISK
196
RPG-ILE LABS C C C C C C Listing of RP02 : FPFBM2 C C C C C C IF E 'RP02' BCODE BCODE DISK DSPLY READ BM DSPLY READ BM DSPLY SETON 33 33 LR 'RP003' BCODE BCODE DSPLY READ BM DSPLY READ BM DSPLY SETON 33 33 LR
RP01 calls RP003 which is run at a higher scoping level. RP003 continues to use the shared ODP since the shared ODP is scoped to ACTGRPDFN. Lab : CL001 calls the programs RP01,RP02 and RP01 calls RP003. CL001 also calls CL002 which sinply calls RP05 and RP06. CL002 does not say anything about override which CL001 has setup an override at the activation group level. Will override apply to the cl002 program ? all are running in the same activation group. YES CL002 calls Rp05 and rp06 and shows that ODP is shared. Listing of CL001 :PGM OVRDBF OPNDBF SNDPGMMSG FILE(PFBM2) SECURE(*NO) OVRSCOPE(*CALLLVL) + SHARE(*YES) FILE(SAM2/PFBM2) OPTION(*ALL) OPNSCOPE(*ACTGRP) MSG('OUTPUT WHEN THE OVERRIDE WAS APPLIED ') + TOPGMQ(*EXT)
CALL RP01 CALL CL002 CALL RP02 CLOF OPNID(PFBM2) DLTOVR FILE(PFBM2) LVL(*) SNDPGMMSG MSG('______OVERRIDE REMOVE_______ ') + TOPGMQ(*EXT) CALL RP01 CALL RP02 ENDPGM CL002 listing : PGM SNDPGMMSG CALL RP01 CALL RP02 SNDPGMMSG ENDPGM MSG('CHILD CL002 PROGRAM STARTED. TOPGMQ(*EXT) MSG('______CL002 DONE_______ ') + TOPGMQ(*EXT)
') +
LAB : Override a OVERRIDE which was applied at the prevous call level.
197
RPG-ILE LABS Cl002 LISTING : PGM SNDPGMMSG OVRDBF CALL RP01 CALL RP02 SNDPGMMSG ENDPGM DLTOVR MSG('CHILD CL002 PROGRAM STARTED.NO SHARING') + TOPGMQ(*EXT) FILE(PFBM2) SHARE(*NO) OPNSCOPE(*ACTGRPDFN) MSG('______CL002 DONE_______ ') + TOPGMQ(*EXT) FILE(PFBM2)
CL002S OVRDBF HAS NOT WORKED. THE FILE SHARE MODE STILL REMAINS *YES/ THEREFORE, RP01 AND RP02 (CALLED IN CL002) SHOWED THE RECORDS 56 AND 78 RATHER THAN 1 2 1 2 AS EXPECTED. MAYBE CL002 WILL HAVE TO RUN IN ANOTHER ACTIVATION GROUP IN ODER TO GET A SEPARATE ODP. SINCE CL002 IS A CHILD OF CL001 WHICH ALREADY IMPLEMENTED AN OVERRIDE SCOPED TO THE ACTGRPLEVEL, CL002 COMES AT A HIGHER LEVEL AND BELONGS TO THE SAME ACTIVATION GROUP AND IS THUS INFLUENCED BY THE PARENTS OVERRIDE SETTING. LAB : GETTING A SEPARATE ODP FOR CHILD PROGRAM CL002.
HOW TO GET A SEPARATE ODP FOR CL002 WHICH IS A CHILD OF CL001 ? HERE HOW LISTING OF CL002 : PGM SNDPGMMSG OVRDBF CALL RP01 CALL RP02 SNDPGMMSG ENDPGM DLTOVR MSG('CHILD CL002 PROGRAM STARTED.NO SHARING') + TOPGMQ(*EXT) FILE(PFBM2) SECURE(*YES) SHARE(*NO) + OPNSCOPE(*ACTGRPDFN) MSG('______CL002 DONE_______ ') + TOPGMQ(*EXT) FILE(PFBM2)
MAKE SURE SECURE OPTION IS SET TO YES. THIS SECURES THE OVERRIDE FROM OTHER OVERRIDES. FINAL LISTING OF ALL THE FILES : CL001,CL002,RP01,RP02,RP003 IS AS UNDER : CL001 : PGM OVRDBF OPNDBF SNDPGMMSG FILE(PFBM2) SECURE(*NO) OVRSCOPE(*CALLLVL) + SHARE(*YES) FILE(SAM2/PFBM2) OPTION(*ALL) OPNSCOPE(*ACTGRP) MSG('OUTPUT WHEN THE OVERRIDE WAS APPLIED ') + TOPGMQ(*EXT)
CALL RP01 CALL CL002 CALL RP02 CLOF OPNID(PFBM2) DLTOVR FILE(PFBM2) LVL(*) SNDPGMMSG MSG('______OVERRIDE REMOVE_______ ') +
198
RPG-ILE LABS CALL RP01 CALL RP02 TOPGMQ(*EXT)
ENDPGM CL002 : PGM
SNDPGMMSG OVRDBF CALL RP01 CALL RP02 SNDPGMMSG ENDPGM RP01 : FPFBM2 C C C C C C C RP003 : FPFBM2 C C C C C C RP02 : FPFBM2 C C C C C C OUTPUT : IF E 'RP003' BCODE BCODE DLTOVR
MSG('CHILD CL002 PROGRAM STARTED.NO SHARING') + TOPGMQ(*EXT) FILE(PFBM2) SECURE(*YES) SHARE(*NO) + OPNSCOPE(*ACTGRPDFN) MSG('______CL002 DONE_______ ') + TOPGMQ(*EXT) FILE(PFBM2)
IF
E 'RP01' BCODE BCODE
DSPLY READ BM DSPLY READ BM DSPLY CALL 'RP003' SETON
DISK 33 33 LR
DISK DSPLY READ BM DSPLY READ BM DSPLY SETON DISK 33 33 LR 33 33 LR
IF
E 'RP02' BCODE BCODE
DSPLY READ BM DSPLY READ BM DSPLY SETON
OUTPUT WHEN THE OVERRIDE WAS APPLIED DSPLY RP01 DSPLY 1 DSPLY 2 DSPLY RP003 DSPLY 3 DSPLY 4 CHILD CL002 PROGRAM STARTED.NO SHARING DSPLY RP01 DSPLY 1
199
RPG-ILE LABS DSPLY 2 DSPLY RP003 DSPLY 1 DSPLY 2 DSPLY RP02 DSPLY 1 DSPLY 2 ______CL002 DONE_______ DSPLY RP02 DSPLY 5 DSPLY 6 ______OVERRIDE REMOVE_______ DSPLY RP01 DSPLY 1 DSPLY 2 DSPLY RP003 DSPLY 1 DSPLY 2 DSPLY RP02 DSPLY 1 DSPLY 2 SCOPING : I HAD TO KEEP THE SCOPING AS *CALLLVL FOR OVRDBF AND *ACTGRP FOR DOES THIS MEAN THAT OVRDBF WILL BE EFFECTIVE FOR THE CURRENT CL001 PROGRAM ? THEN WHY IS THERE ONE MORE OPTION FOR SCOPING FOR SHARE OPTION ? HOW COME OPTION HAS NO CALLLVL SCOPING ? WHY ARE WE FORCED TO SPECIFY *ACTGRPDFN OR SHARE = *YES OPTION ? LAB : OPNQRY FILE CLQRYST CALLS CLQRY WHICH USES OPNQRYF AND CALLS RP001. THE ODP IS SHARED SO THAT RP001 DOES NOT GET ALL RECORDS OF PF001,ONLY RECORDS WHERE BCODE < 4. THIS IS A MOST COMMONLY USED TECHNIQUE. LISTING OF CLQRYST : PGM DCL &S *CHAR 40 'BCODE < 4' CALL CLQRY PARM(&S) ENDPGM LISTING OF CLQRYF : PGM PARM(&QRYSTR) DCL &QRYSTR *CHAR 40 OVRDBF FILE(PFBM2) SHARE(*YES) OPNSCOPE(*ACTGRPDFN) OPNQRYF FILE((SAM2/PFBM2)) OPTION(*ALL) QRYSLT(&QRYSTR) /* SHOW ALL RECORDS */ CALL RP001 CLOF PFBM2 DLTOVR FILE(PFBM2) ENDPGM LISTING OF RP001 : FPFBM2 C C C IF E *IN03 SETOF DOWEQ*OFF READ BM DISK 03 03 SHARE=YES (CALLLVL) SHARE *JOB FOR
200
RPG-ILE LABS C C C* C OUTPUT : 1 2 3 Heirarchy : JOB Contains ACTIVATION GROUP Has CALL LEVELS BCODE DSPLY ENDDO SETON LR
201
RPG-ILE LABS
LAB : External indicator (The job switch)
Linkage : RPIND in samlesrc. CODE : * * * * * * * RPIND. Demostrates external indicators. First set U1 to *ON. then do WRKJOB to see the job atributes. See the job Switch. Notice that it becomes 1000 0000 The first '1' corresponds to U1 indicator. Eval If Dsply Endif Eval *inU1 = *on *inU1 = *ON *inlr = *on
c c c c c
'test'
The job switch changes to 1000 0000 since U1 is turned ON. REMARKS : U1,U8 are called external indicators since other CL /RPG programs can access the state oof those indicators. LAB : Time opcode dT1 c c c s T1 time dsply Eval T *inlr = *on T1
LAB : Display a block on the screen / Working with Hex characters. DCon2 c Con2 c c c* C dsply Eval Return Const(X'10') *inlr = *on
LAB : RT indicator as against LR indicator.
202
RPG-ILE LABS CODE : * RPIND1. * Demostrates RT indicator. * set up an impossible condition for the LR indicator. * In the following code, LR is never turned ON. * So program never properly terminates. * * But after executing the last C instruction, the program * returns control to OS and seems to end.This is since RT is 1 * If RT is not 1, program will loop infinetely or till LR * becomes 1. * The program actually does not end since calling it agains * displays value of 'a' incremented by 1. * da s 5i 0 inz(10) c Eval *inRT = *on c 'a = ' dsply c a dsply c Eval a = a + 1 c* c* set up an impossible condition c* c if a <0 c Eval *inlr = *on c Endif PF contents : nil OUTPUT :
Since LR is never turned on, program does not terminate but displays increasing values of a every time it is called. REMARKS : Setting RT to ON allows program to return control to OS without ending.
LAB : The DEFINE option in the CRTBNDRPG command. Linkage : RPDEFUN CODE : c 'Starting...' DSPLY /if defined(myvar1) c 'ya ! defined'Dsply /else c 'Nop!' Dsply /endif c Eval PF contents : nil
*inlr=*on
203
RPG-ILE LABS OUTPUT :
REMARKS : Compile the RPDEFUN program with option 14. and run the program. Output is NOP ! since the MYVAR1 varaible is not defined. Now type 14 to compile the same program again and press F4 and F10 for extended prompting. In the DEFINE parameter specify the name MYVAR1 to #define this variable.Press Enter to Compile . Run the program now. Output is is Ya! Defined. Since now myvar1 is defined to the program. This is called conditional compilation.
204
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Random number generation (one possible way).
Linkage : RPRANDOM CODE : dVar1 dVar2 dSysTime c c c* SysTime c c c Var1 c c c Var1 c c s s s 6s 0 6s 0 z SysTime SysTime:*ms Var1 Var1 = Var1/10000 SysTime:*s Var2 Var1 = %abs(Var1 - Var2) *inlr = *on
do time Dsply Extrct Eval Dsply Extrct Eval Dsply EndDo Eval
Random numbers will be generated between 0 and 99. 12.52.00.993000 12.52.00.000000 99 will be generated 0 will be generated Number generated |53-61| = 8 32 5 14 14 30 38 55 26 10 34 33
2005 2005 2005 2005 2005 2005 2005 2005 2005 2005 2005 2005
03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03
24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
12.52.53.613000 12.52.54.865000 12.52.56.514000 12.53.38.244000 12.53.39.537000 12.53.41.114000 12.54.53.157000 12.54.55.002000 12.54.57.313000 12.56.45.359000 12.56.46.807000 12.56.48.153000
Alternative approach : Pick up the MS (milli sec) part, at any time, it will be random between 000 to 999. PF contents :
OUTPUT
REMARKS :
205
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Test cases Concept : A nomain module contains a FNTEST procedure that accepts 3 arguments. The arguments are lenghts of sides of a triangle. If the lenghts are same, the triangle is a equilateral triangle. In that case, a 3 is returned. If any 2 sides have equal length, a 2 is returned (isosceles triangle). If none of the sides are equal, a 0 is returned. We design a test program to test the procedure against some coded into the test program. Name of the stub program : RPTEST. It is bound with the RPTEST1 to form JSRP1 *PGM object. Before running JSRP1, use CHGJOB to modify the SWITCH of your job to 1000 000. This makes U1 ON. RPTEST will produce output only if U1 is ON. Linkage : RPTEST (stub program to test FNTEST proc in RPTEST1 module) RPTEST1 (no main contains FNTEST procedure) Both RPTEST and RPTEST1 are Bound by copy to form JSRP1 program object. Run JSRP1 to start the test. CODE : RPTEST Listing : This is the PEP module. dFNTest PR 5i 0 d 5i 0 value d 5i 0 value d 5i 0 value d***** dRetVal s 5i 0 inz(0) dSide1 s 5i 0 inz(10) dSide2 s 5i 0 inz(10) dSide3 s 5i 0 inz(10) c* c* Test Case #1. c* Check for EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE. c* c U1'EQUILA :3' Dsply c Eval RetVal = FNTest(Side1:Side2:Side3) c U1RetVal Dsply c* c* Test Case #2. c* Check for ISOSCELES TRIANGLE. c* c Eval Side1 = 5 c Eval RetVal = FNTest(Side1:Side2:Side3) c U1'ISOSCE : 2' Dsply c U1RetVal Dsply c* c* Test Case #3. c* Check for other than ISO and EQUI. c* c Eval Side2 = 4 c Eval RetVal = FNTest(Side1:Side2:Side3) c U1'None :0' Dsply c U1RetVal Dsply c Eval *inlr = *on RPTEST1 Listing : This is the nomain module. test data which we hard
206
RPG-ILE LABS H* HNomain H* FNTEST return values H* 3 : Equilateral triangle H* 2 : Isosceles triangle H* 0 : None of the above H* H* dFNTEST PR d d d pFNTEST B dFNTEST PI dsd1 dsd2 dsd3 dRetVal s c* c if c Eval c return c EndIf c* c if c Eval c return c* isosceles triangle c EndIf c* c if c Eval c return c* isosceles triangle c EndIf c* c PFNTEST E PF contents : nil OUTPUT :
5i 5i 5i 5i 5i 5i 5i 5i 5i
0 0 value 0 value 0 value export 0 0 value 0 value 0 value 0 inz(-2)
(sd1=sd2) and (sd1=sd3) and (sd2=sd3) Retval = 3 RetVal (sd1 = sd2 ) or (sd1 = sd3) or ( sd2 = sd Retval = 2 RetVal
(sd1 <>sd2 ) or (sd1 <>sd3) or ( sd2 <>sd Retval = 0 RetVal
3 sets of test data produce 3 expected results. We are not testing for invalid data (either numeric or otherwise). REMARKS : Other testing areas such as Boundary level testing, validation testing are not covered in this Lab. LAB : Test case. Program crash because of data overflow.
Program tries to calculate take home amount using formula for compound interest. Linkage : RPOFL
207
RPG-ILE LABS CODE : dth droi damt dyrs c c c s s s s th Eval dsply Eval 5i 0 inz(0) 5i 0 inz(10000) 5i 0 inz(10000) 5i 0 inz(50) th = amt * (1 + roi/100) ** yrs *inlr=*on
The target for a numeric operation is too small to hold the result (C G D F) Message . . . . : Application error. MCH1212 unmonitored by RPDELME at statement 0000000005, instruction X'0000'. Cause . . . . . : The application ended abnormally because an exception occurred and was not handled. The name of the program to which the unhandled exception is sent is RPDELME RPDELME RPDELME. The program was stopped at the high-level language statement number(s) 0000000005 at the time the message was sent. If more than one statement number is shown, the program is an optimized ILE program. Optimization does not allow a single statement number to be determined. If *N is shown as a value, it means the real value was not available. REMARKS : Program is not robust enough to handle overflow errors. EVAL needs to do Error handling. Better solution : The programmer who wrote the procedure should generate Tech specifications of the procedure and design the procedure to accept argument values only within certain sensible ranges. The procedure should set retval variables to some negative values to indicate invalid data values. The tech specs can be handed over to the testor who will build the test cases around the tech specs.
208
RPG-ILE LABS
LAB :
Free and End-Free
Linkage : RPFREE CODE : Linkage : RPFREE ds1 dn1 dn2 dn3 d** /free s s s s 4 inz('abc') 4s 0 inz(1) 4s 0 inz(2) 4s 0 inz(3)
eval n3 = n1 + n2; dsply 'N1 : ' ; dsply N1 ; dsply 'N2 : '; dsply N2; dsply 'N3 : '; dsply N3; eval *inlr = *on; /End-Free PF contents :
OUTPUT
REMARKS :
LAB : Simple program to access records of PFBM. Linkage : RPDSREAD Code : Fdsdbread cf e Fpfbm if e dtemp s /free Read bm; Eval DCode = BCode; Eval DName = BName; Eval DPrice = BPrice; Dow *in03 = *off; Exfmt R1; if (*in04 = *on); *in04 = *off; readp bm; if %Eof; Workstn Disk 4s 0
209
RPG-ILE LABS Setll 1, bm; Read bm; EndIf; EndIf ; if (*in05 = *on); *in05 = *off; read bm; If %Eof; setll *hival, bm; EndIf; EndIf ; Eval DCode = BCode; Eval DName = BName; Eval DPrice = BPrice; EndDo; Eval *inlr = *on; /End-Free
//
DOES NOT WORK !!!
210
RPG-ILE LABS
APPLICATION OF ACTIVATION GROUP FOR COMMITMENT ENV.
roblem with RPDEL or RPEDT.
DD takes user input, validates it and adds it to the database. After confirming that the user WANTS to add the record, RPA
aiton like RPMAIN can later to a ROLBK. This explains why all those applications need to run in the same Act. Grp.Got it ?
On the other hand consider 2 different applications (say master processing application like the above one) and a Transaction processing programthat works with the Master and Transaction database also works in a commitment environment.
Should they run in the same Act. Grp ? If Yes , a comit done by any program in any application in the Master processing application will also mean a comit for the Transaction processing application which can cause havoc for the transaction processing application. Why at all should the commit or rolbk of the Master processing application interfere with the Transaction processing application ? they both should be made to run in different Act Grps and commitment should be scoped to Act GRp level.
211
RPG-ILE LABS ADD TO THE ILE COLLECTION :
212
RPG-ILE LABS
A Complete EXAMPLE:
Display file : DSWINTRY A A A A A A A A A* A* A A A A A* A* A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A* A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Accept Blood Group of Donor by prompting :
DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) R RWIN RTNCSRLOC(*MOUSE &L &P) RMVWDW CF10(10) CA12(12) CA03(03) CF04(04) WINDOW(2 2 14 38 ) L P STLINE STPOS 3S 0H 3S 0H 3S 0P 3S 0P
1 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 6 13 12
DID DNAM DADD DBLDGRP
4S 0B 10A B 20A B 7A B
8'Customer Information Card' DSPATR(HI) DSPATR(UL) 2'ID : ' 2'Name : ' 2'Address : ' 2'Blood Group :' 13COLOR(WHT) 13COLOR(WHT) 13COLOR(WHT) 17COLOR(WHT) 27'F4 : List' COLOR(BLU) 2'F10:Save F12:Cancel' COLOR(BLU) 2'___________________________________' COLOR(BLU) CF10(10) CA12(12) CA03(03)
R RBLDGRP
2 DOPT1 DOPT2 DOPT3 DOPT4 DOPT5 1 1 1 1 1 B B B B B 4 5 6 7 8 9
WINDOW(3 40 15 25) 2'Select Blood group :' COLOR(RED) 2'Opt Name' 2VALUES('1') CHECK(AB) 2VALUES('1') CHECK(AB) 2VALUES('1') CHECK(AB) 2VALUES('1') CHECK(AB) 2VALUES('1') CHECK(AB)
213
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A A A A A A A A A A DGRP1 DGRP2 DGRP3 DGRP4 DGRP5 77 78 4 4 4 4 4 O O O O O 5 6 7 8 9 12 11 11 11 11 11 2'F10:OK F12:Cancel' COLOR(BLU) 13 2'SELECT ATLEAST 1 OPTION' 14 2'SELECT ONLY 1 OPTION ' 3 3 3' ' ASSUME 3' '
R RBLNK R RASSUME
NOMAIN MODULE : MRPWINTRY HNoMain FDSWINTRY CF E workstn usropn DDspBldGrpLst pr 4s 0 DsBldGrp 7a c* D*_____________________________________________________________ D*|DspBldGrpLst displays the Blood Group List and prompt user | D*|for selecting any one. F10 is to save F12 to exit. | D*|sBldGrp : Returns the Blood grp name that user selected | D*|Return value is 4s0 : 1 on success. 0 : if canceled. | D*|___________________________________________________________| PDspBldGrpLst B export dDspBldGrpLst PI 4s 0 dsBldGrp 7a dnValInp s 4s 0 inz(0) dnMulVal s 4s 0 inz(0) d* DRetVal s 4s 0 inz(0) DTempNum s 4s 0 inz(0) d*---------------------------------------------------------------d* sBldGrp : Passed by Ref by caller. Will contain a valid blood d* group if one is selected by user. d* d* nValInp : Will become 1 of valid Blood grp is selected by user d* nmulVal : more than 1 if multiple selections done. d*---------------------------------------------------------------c Open dswintry c Exsr LodBldGrp c Dow (*in12 = *off) c Exsr Clrsr c Exfmt RBldGrp c* c* SAVE ? c Eval *in77=*off c Eval *in78= *off c If *in10 = *on c Eval *in10 = *off c Exsr ChkUsrInp1 c If nValInp = 1 c Eval RetVal = 1 c Eval *IN12 = *off c Eval *IN10 = *off c Close dswintry c Return RetVal
214
RPG-ILE LABS c c c c c c c* c* c* c c c c c c c* c* c* c c c c c c c c* c c c c c c c c* c c c c c c c c c c* c c c c c c c* c c c c c c c* c c c Else Eval Iter Endif Endif Enddo CANCEL Operation... Eval Eval Eval Eval Close Return --------------------SubRoutine Division --------------------LODBldGrp BEGSR Eval Eval Eval Eval Eval ENDSR CLRSR BEGSR Eval Eval Eval Eval Eval ENDSR Begsr Eval Eval If Eval Eval Eval Eval Endif If Eval Eval Eval Eval Endif If Eval Eval Eval Eval Endif If Eval Eval RetVal = 0 *IN12 = *off *IN10 = *off sBldGrp = *BLANKS dswintry RetVal *in77=*on
Dgrp1 Dgrp2 Dgrp3 Dgrp4 Dgrp5
= = = = =
'A+' 'A-' 'B+' 'B-' 'O+'
Dopt1 Dopt2 Dopt3 Dopt4 Dopt5
= = = = =
' ' ' ' '
' ' ' ' '
ChkUsrInp1
nvalInp nMulVal Dopt1 = sBldGrp sBldGrp nValInp nMulVal Dopt2 = sBldGrp sBldGrp nValInp nMulVal Dopt3 = sBldGrp sBldGrp nValInp nMulVal
= 0 = 0 '1' = *blanks = 'A+' = 1 = nMulVal + 1 '1' = *blanks = 'A-' = 1 = nMulVal + 1 '1' = *blanks = 'B+' = 1 = nMulVal + 1
Dopt4 = '1' sBldGrp = *blanks sBldGrp = 'B-'
215
RPG-ILE LABS c c c c* c c c c c c c c c c* ----------c* RESET ALL ! c* ----------c c c c c c c* ---------------c* Nothing Selected c* ---------------c c c c c c c PDspBldGrpLst E Eval Eval Endif If Eval Eval Eval Eval Endif If nValInp = 1 nMulVal = nMulVal + 1 Dopt5 = sBldGrp sBldGrp nValInp nMulVal '1' = *blanks = 'O+' = 1 = nMulVal + 1
nMulVal > 1
Eval Eval Eval Exsr Endif If
nValInp = 0 *in78 = *on *in77 = *off ClrSR nMulVal = 0
Eval Eval Eval Exsr Endif Eval Endsr
nValInp = 0 *in77 = *on *in78 = *off ClrSR nMulVal = 0
MAIN LINE MODULE : RPWINTRY FDSWINTRY CF E DDspBldGrpLst DBldGrp DsBldGrp DRetVal DTempNum D* C c c c c C C c* c* c ChkUsrInp c c 'Save opr' c c c* c workstn 4s 0 7a 7a INZ(*ALL' ') 4s 0 inz(1) 4s 0 inz(0) Write Dow Exfmt Exsr Enddo Eval Return BEGSR If Dsply Eval Endif If RBlnk *in12=*off Rwin ChkUsrInp *inlr = *on
pr s s s
*in10 = *on *in10 = *off *in04 = *on
216
RPG-ILE LABS c c** User is asking c** for Blood Grp c** List. c c c c c c*** 'Got it' c c c c c If l = 8
Eval Eval If Eval Dsply Endif Endif Endif ENDSR
*in04 = *off RetVal = DspBldGrplst(sBldGrp) retVal = 1 DBldGrp = sBldGrp
see the figure below :
Debugging External User-Defined Functions If you're an avid SQL developer, no doubt you've delved into writing some of your own external user-defined functions (UDFs). An external function is a UDF that is written in a high-level language, like RPG or COBOL, as opposed to an SQL function, which is written in the SQL Procedure Language (SPL). While external UDFs are great when they work, they can be a chore to debug. You can't use UDFs in the normal way. That is, you can't just start the debugger, set a breakpoint in your UDF, start an
217
RPG-ILE LABS interactive SQL session (STRSQL), and see your UDF come in break mode. If you try this, your breakpoint will be ignored, but if you dig a little, you'll see message CPI1901 show up in your job log. On older systems (V4R4), I believe an error occurred under this circumstance, but I've got too many cobwebs clouding my mind to remember exactly how OS/400 used to behave. Don't be surprised if you get an error message if you try this on an older version of OS/400. So let's say you're trying to debug an external UDF called SUMVAL (as shown in the message above). CPI1901 tells you how to debug the SUMVAL program, by starting a service job. A service job can be used to start the debugger in one session (such as a batch or interactive session) from an interactive session. So actually you're running the debugger on one job from another. Here are the steps to using a service job to debug a UDF from an interactive SQL session. This example will require you to have two 5250 sessions open. I'll refer to them as Session A and Session B. 1. In Session A, enter the STRSQL utility. To start the service job, you'll need to know your full job identification for this session--job number, user, and job name. You can easily locate this information by using System Request, option 7 (Display WorkStation User), or by using the DSPJOB command from the command line. 2. In Session B, get to a command line and enter the STRSRVJOB command, entering the job identification as a parameter. STRSRVJOB JOB(166837/MIKE/QPADEV0004) 3. Now that Session B is running a service job against Session A, enter the STRDBG command on the UDF program: STRDBG SUMVAL. With the service job running, this activates the debugger against Session A, not Session B. That is, when Session A runs program SUMVAL, a breakpoint will be triggered but the debugger is shown in Session B. 4. Set a breakpoint in your UDF, then press F12 to return to the command line. 5. Go back to Session A and execute an SQL statement that uses your UDF. 6. Go back to Session B. You should see your UDF program in the debugger awaiting your next command. Happy debugging! Press F12 to allow the SQL statement in Session A to continue. 7. When you're finished debugging, go to Session B and enter the ENDDBG command, followed by the ENDSRVJOB command. Session B is now back to normal. It's a little more work than I'd like, but it works. The real power of the STRSRVJOB command comes in by allowing the debugging of programs in batch jobs. Say, for example, you're on a system that doesn't have the STRSQL utility, so you're testing your UDF through an ODBC interface. You can still start a service job against the ODBC batch job to debug your UDF. Assuming you have an active ODBC connection, enter the following command, substituting userprofile with the ODBC connection's user ID, to find out the name of your ODBC job. WRKOBJLCK ODBC-userprofile *USRPRF Included in the list of jobs displayed by WRKOBJLCK should be a job called QZDASOINIT, running under user QUSER. This is the name of the job that is servicing your ODBC request. If you have multiple QZDASOINIT jobs come up, peek through the job log to see if you can figure out which one is the active one. Once you've identified the full job name, do the same as outlined above. 1. In an interactive session, issue the STRSRVJOB command. STRSRVJOB JOB(166841/QUSER/QZDASOINIT) 2. Start the debugger on your UDF using STRDBG, set a breakpoint, and press F12. 3. Go back to your ODBC job and issue an SQL statement using your UDF. 4. Your interactive session should now show the UDF in debug mode. If it doesn't, your prior ODBC connection may have timed out and ended; these service jobs can be tricky to track. You'll have to start over at step 1! 5. When done, end the debugger and service job, using ENDDBG, followed by ENDSRVJOB. The only luck I've had with a debugger is the ILE debugger on the AS/400. 1) Submit the job on hold 2) STRSRVJOB on the submitted job 3) start the debugger for the program to be debugged. You can't set breakpoints or watches yet, but it's part of the steps. 4) Release the job. This pops up a screen that will let you enter debug commands. 5) Key DSPMODSRC and press enter. This should pop up the source for you
218
RPG-ILE LABS to set breakpoints or start stepping through the program. I have found the debugger with Code product slow and unusable when working with programs running on the AS400. Hope this helps!
219
RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Subfiles : window subfile. LAB : SFLRNA keyword LAB : SFLDROP and related keywords LAB : Using CHAIN and others for subfiles LAB : USe of SFLNXTCHG LAB : Using FIDS to get information about a subfile BOOK : API REFERENCE LAB : Uses of QCMDEXEC : Soe practical examples LAB : Some imp API in RPGLE BOOK : ILERPG LAB : Using new functions : %ERROR, %FOUND, etc Error Extenders (start the ILERPG book now)
BOOK : COBOLLE REF LAB : Integrating with COBOLLE BOOK : ILERPG LAB : integration with Java Procedures
LAB : Communicating with submitted jobs using DATA Q LAB : Implementing multitasking by using delegating tasks to submitted jobs For example asking a submitted process, current in wait state to look for a specific record in a huge database file. Till then continue taking inputs from user. When the backgroup process finishes searching, it provides data to interative process via another data Q ( one data q is control data q while another one is for Data) LAB : A data entry program for a physical file : Scan structure of physical file and develop on the fly a data entry program for the database file. LAB : Implementing separate PSSR for each procedure
LAB : INFDS Data for a WORKSTN file
220
RPG-ILE LABS
LAB : INFDS Data for a PRINTER file LAB : Effect of Activation group on locking LAB : Commitment control : Effect of different Activation groups LAB : Journaling APIs LAB : Sharing same ODP while being in different activation groups LAB : Handling Authority related issues : Update error because user has no authority to update database (and related)
ALL ACC to DB2 ADVANCED BOOK : TOP research LAB : EFFECT OF CHAIN ON SUBFILE WHEN DATA LOADED IS FROM A KEYED FILE SCENARIO : PFBM5 CONTAINS CODE,NAME AND PRICE OF BOOK. LFBM5 IS BASED ON THIE FILE. A LOAD ALL SUBFILE IS LOADED WITH DATA OF LFBM5 THE ACCESS IS KEYED. IF WE DO 5 CHAIN SFLDT 55 WHERE WILL SFLDT POINTER GO ? TO THE 5TH RECORD IN THE SUBFILE (RELATIVE RECORD) OR THAT RECORD WHICH HAS DCODE=5 ? ANSWER : IT WILL GO TO THE 5TH RECORD FROM TOP.(RELATIVE RECORD) WITHOUT ANY RESPECT TO THE VALUE OF DCODE. 5 CHAIN BM 55 WILL TAKE US TO THE RECORD IN THE LOGICAL FILE WHERE BCODE IS 5.
1. 2. 3.
4. 5.
LOAD ALL RECORDS FROM KEYED LOGICAL FILE INTO SUBFILE USER BRINGS THE CURSOR TO A PARTICULAR RECOD OF THE SUBFILE AND PRESSES F7. CONTROL GOES TO RPG.GETREC IS A SFLCSRRRN VARIABLE. THUS GETREC CONTAINS 4 IF THE USERS CURSOR WAS ON 4TH RECORD. FIRST DO A CHAIN ON SFLDT WITH VALUE STORED IN GETREC.GETREC CURRENTLY CONTAINS THE RELATIVE RECORD NUMBER OF THE CURSOR POSITION WHEN USER PRESSED F7. GETREC CHAIN SFLDT 55 THIS CHAIN TAKES THE SUBFILE POINTER TO THE RECORD WHERE USER PRESSED F7 AND LOADED DATA OF THAT REC TO DCODE DNAME AND DPRICE. TO LOCATE CORRESPONDING RECORD IN LOGICAL FILE, DO A CHAIN ON LF : DCODE CHAIN BM 55 THIS CHAIN WORKS DIFFERENTLY. IT LOOKS FOR RECORD WITH BCODE=DCODE. NOW YOU HAVE LOCATED THE REQUIRED RECORD IN PF.PROCESS IT.
221
RPG-ILE LABS SUBFILE 7 CHAIN SFLDT WILL TAKE THE SUBFILE RECORD POINTER TO THE 7TH RECORD (COUNTING FROM THE TOP) OF THE SUBFILE. DCODE DSPLY WILL DISPLAY DCODE VALUE IN THE 7TH RECORD OF SUBFILE CHAIN LOOKS FOR RRN DATABASE FILE WHICH IS KEYED CHAIN BM
WILL LOCATE THE RECORD IN THE LOGICAL FILE WHERE BCODE = 7, THIS RECORD MAY NOT HAVE RELATIVE RECORD NUMBER AS 7. CHAIN LOOKS FOR A MATCHING VALUE
RRN : IN A LOGICAL FILE, THE NATURAL SEQUENCE OF THE PF IS ALTERED. THI IS BECAUSE THE LF ARRANGES RECORDS IN THE PF IN ACSEDING /DESC ORDER OF THE KEYED FIELD(S) THUS FIRST RECORD IN PF MAY BECOME 5TH RECORD IN THE LF. IN SUCH A SITUATION, THE FIRST RECORD IN THE LF IS SAID TO HAVE A RELATIVE RECORD NUMBER OF 1. THE SECOND RECORD IN LF HAS A RRN OF 2 AND SO ON IF THE 7TH RECORD IN PF HAS BECOME THE 1ST RECORD IN LF, THEN THAT RECORD HAS A ABSOLUTE RECORD NUMBER OF 7 IN THE PHYSICAL FILE AND RELATICE RECORD NUMBER OF 1 IN THE LF. PHYSICAL FILE ABS# BCODE 1 15 2 13 3 11 4 7 5 3 6 5 7 1 LOGICAL FILE RRN BCODE 1 3 5 7 11 13 15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Main Advantages of Activation groups
Shared Open Data PathScenario

Shared open data paths (ODPs) are an example of resources you can better control with ILEs new level of scoping. To improve the performance of an application on the AS/400, a programmer decided to use a shared ODP for the customer master file. That file is used by both the Order Entry and the Billing applications. Because a shared ODP is scoped to the job, it is quite possible for one of the applications to inadvertently cause problems for the other. In fact, avoiding such problems requires careful coordination among the developers of the applications. If the applications were purchased from different suppliers, avoiding problems may not even be possible. What kind of problems can arise? Consider the following scenario: 1. The customer master file is keyed on account number and contains records for account numbers A1, A2, B1, C1, C2, D1, D2, and so on. 2. An operator is reviewing the master file records, updating each as required, before requesting the next record. The record currently displayed is for account B1. 3. The telephone rings. Customer D1 wants to place an order.
222
RPG-ILE LABS 4. The operator presses the Go to Order Entry function key, processes the order for customer D1, and returns to the master file display. 5. The program still correctly displays the record for B1, but when the operator requests the next record, which record is displayed? If you said D2, you are correct. When the Order Entry application read record D1, the current file position changed because the shared ODP was scoped to the job. Therefore, the request for the next record means the next record after D1. Under ILE, this problem could be prevented by running the master file maintenance in an activation group dedicated to Billing. Likewise, the Order Entry application would run in its own activation group. Each application would still gain the benefits of a shared ODP, but each would have its own shared ODP, owned by the relevant activation group. This level of scoping prevents the kind of interference described in this example. Scoping resources to an activation group allows programmers the freedom to develop an application that runs independently from any other applications running in the job. It also reduces the coordination effort required and enhances the ability to write drop-in extensions to existing application packages.
Commitment ControlScenario
The ability to scope a shared open data path (ODP) to the application is useful in the area of commitment control. Assume that you want to use a file under commitment control but that you also need it to use a shared ODP. Without ILE, if one program opens the file under commitment control, all programs in the job have to do so. This is true even if the commitment capability is needed for only one or two programs. One potential problem with this situation is that, if any program in the job issues a commit operation, all updates are committed. The updates are committed even if logically they are not part of the application in question. These problems can be avoided by running each part of the application that requires commitment control in a separate activation group. A module object is a nonrunnable object that is the output of an ILE compiler. A module object is represented to the system by the symbol *MODULE. A module object is the basic building block for creating runnable ILE objects. This is a significant difference between ILE and OPM. The output of an OPM compiler is a runnable program. Program entry procedure (PEP) A program entry procedure is the compiler-generated code that is the entry point for an ILE program on a dynamic program call. It is similar to the code provided for the entry point in an OPM program. v User entry procedure (UEP) A user entry procedure, written by a programmer, is the target of the dynamic program call. It is the procedure that gets control from the PEP. The main() function of a C program becomes the UEP of that program in ILE. Exports An export is the name of a procedure or data item, coded in a module object, that is available for use by other ILE objects. The export is identified by its name and its associated type, either procedure or data. An export can also be called a definitio n. v Imports An import is the use of or reference to the name of a procedure or data item not defined in the current module object. The import is identified by its name and its associated type, either procedure or data. An import can also be called a referenc e.
223
RPG-ILE LABS
224
RPG-ILE LABS http://www.rpgnext.com/codesamples/BPRSLTXML.RPG /copy rpgnextlib/qrpglesrc,cp_hspecs h option(*srcstmt:*nodebugio) bnddir('QC2LE':'FREDBP/FREDDIR') * Prototypes /copy rpgnextlib/qrpglesrc,cp_longprs /copy rpgnextlib/qrpglesrc,cp_ifs /copy fredbp/qrpglesrc,cp_protos d writeLine d lineData d addTag d tagName d tagValue d attName d attValue d shutDown d initialize d getIndent d writeData d BPRSLTXML pr 32000a pr 100a 32000a 100a 100a like(RC) const varying options(*nopass) const const const const varying varying varying options(*nopass) varying options(*nopass)
pr pr pr pr pr n 24a varying
* Arrays and Data Structures d names ds d d d d d d d d d d d resultDescs d codes d d d d d d d d d d d resultCodes d d d d d d ds
20a 20a 20a 20a 20a 20a 20a 20a 20a 20a 20a 1a 1a 1a 1a 1a 1a 1a 1a 1a 1a 1a 10i 10i 10i 32000a * 10i
inz('Pass') inz('Reschedule') inz('Fail') inz('Clear') inz('Cancel') inz('Not Justified') inz('No Violation') inz('Approved') inz('Disapproved') inz('Approved As Noted') dim(10) overlay( names ) inz('P') inz('R') inz('F') inz('C') inz('X') inz('J') inz('V') inz('A') inz('D') inz('N') dim(10) overlay( codes ) 0 inz 0 inz 0 inz inz( ' ' ) inz( %addr( buffer ) ) 0
* Standalone Fields fileDesc s Oflag s mode s buffer s bufferPtr s RC s
225
RPG-ILE LABS d d d d d d d indent indentLevel codePage null toStreamFile writeStr s s s s s s 2a inz( ' ' ) 5i 0 10u 0 inz( 819 ) 1a inz( x'00' ) 1024a varying inz( '/masi/results.xml' ) 32000a varying
* Constants /copy rpgnextlib/qrpglesrc,cp_const d CRLF c d xmlHeader c d schema c d BPRSLTXML pi
x'0D25' const('<?xml version="1.0" ?>') const('<results>' )
/free if initialize(); writeData(); endif ; shutDown(); *inlr = *on ; /end-free *-----------------------------------------------------------* initialize routine *-----------------------------------------------------------p initialize b d initialize d noError pi s n n inz( *on )
/free Oflag = O_CREATE + O_RDWR + O_CODEPAGE + O_TRUNC ; mode = S_IRWXU + S_IRWXG + S_IROTH + S_IXOTH ; toStreamFile = toStreamFile + null ; fileDesc = open( %trimr( toStreamFile ) : oflag : mode : codePage ); if fileDesc <> -1 ; RC = close( fileDesc ); if RC <> -1 ; RC = open( %trimr( toStreamFile ) : O_TEXTDATA + O_RDWR ); if RC <> -1 ; writeLine( xmlHeader + CRLF ); writeLine( schema + CRLF ); indentLevel = 1 ; else ; noError = *off ; endif ; endif ; endif ; return noError ; /end-free p initialize e
*------------------------------------------------------------
226
RPG-ILE LABS * writeData subroutine - writes the <permit></permit> * block in the XML file *-----------------------------------------------------------p writeData b d writeData d i pi s 10i 0 inz
/free for i=1 to %elem( resultCodes ); // New <result> writeStr = '<result id="' + %char( i ) + '">' ; writeStr = writeStr + CRLF ; // result detail addTag( 'code' : resultCodes( i ) ); writeStr = writeStr + CRLF ; addTag( 'codeDescription' : %trimr( resultDescs( i ) ) ); writeStr = writeStr + CRLF ; // </result> writeStr = writeStr + '</result>' ; writeStr = writeStr + CRLF ; writeLine( writeStr ); endfor ; return ; /end-free p writeData e
*-----------------------------------------------------------* writeLine subproc - writes a line to the current stream * file *-----------------------------------------------------------p writeLine b d writeLine d lineData d RCwrite pi 32000a s like(RC) const varying options(*nopass) like(RC)
/free if %parms() = 0 ; buffer = CRLF ; else ; buffer = %trimr( lineData ) + CRLF ; endif ; RCwrite = write( fileDesc : bufferPtr : %len( %trimr( buffer ) ) ); return RCwrite ; /end-free p writeLine e *-----------------------------------------------------------* addTag - creates the tag string and writes it. *-----------------------------------------------------------p addTag b d addTag pi
227
RPG-ILE LABS d d d d tagName tagValue attName attValue s 100a 32000a 100a 100a 32000a const const const const varying varying varying options(*nopass) varying options(*nopass)
d tagString
varying inz
/free tagString = '<' + tagName ; if %parms() > 2 ; tagString = tagString + ' ' + attName + '=' + attValue ; endif ; tagString = tagString + '>' + tagValue + '</' + tagName + '>' ; writeStr = writeStr + tagString ; /end-free p addTag e *-----------------------------------------------------------* getIndent - returns the current indent value *-----------------------------------------------------------p getIndent b d getIndent d spaces d i pi s s 24a varying
24a varying 5i 0
/free for i=1 to indentLevel ; spaces = spaces + indent ; endfor ; return spaces ; /end-free p getIndent e
*-----------------------------------------------------------* shutDown routine; *-----------------------------------------------------------p shutDown b d shutDown pi
/free writeLine( CRLF + '</results>' + CRLF + CRLF + '</xml>' + CRLF ); RC = close( fileDesc ); /end-free _ p shutDown e
ANOTHER SAMPLE PROGRAM : CIT002FM.DSP A*%%TS SD 20040305 150317 A*%%EC A A A A R CIT002U1 A*%%TS SD 20040303 135544 A
JRC
REL-V5R1M0
5722-WDS
DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) PRINT CF12 JRC REL-V5R1M0 5722-WDS RTNCSRLOC(*WINDOW &ROW1 &COL1)
228
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 26 A 56 A A A A A A A A A 27 A 57 A A A A A A A 28 A 58 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A*%%TS A A A A ROW1 COL1 3S 0H 3S 0H CF04 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 5 S1NAME1 35A B 6 6 3'CIT002U1' COLOR(WHT) 33'Citizen Central' COLOR(WHT) 71DATE EDTCDE(Y) COLOR(WHT) 3USER COLOR(WHT) 27'Mass Appraisal Systems, Inc.' 71TIME COLOR(WHT) 35'* Insert *' 3'Citizen Name' COLOR(BLU) 4'Name 1 . . . . . :' 25 DSPATR(PC) DSPATR(RI) 4'Name 2 . . . . . :' 25 4'Name 3 . . . . . :' 25 3'Default Address Information' COLOR(BLU) 4'Address Line 1 . :' 25 DSPATR(PC) DSPATR(RI) 4'Address Line 2 . :' 25 4'Address Line 3 . :' 25 4'Zip Code (F4) . . :' 25 DSPATR(PC) DSPATR(RI) 42 42 3'Additional Information' COLOR(BLU) 4'Social Security 1 :' 25EDTCDE(Z) 4'Social Security 2 :' 25EDTCDE(Z) 4'Telephone . . . . :' 25EDTCDE(Z) 3COLOR(WHT) 3'Enter=Accept' COLOR(BLU) 18'F12=Cancel' COLOR(BLU) REL-V5R1M0 5722-WDS CF04 CF20 RTNCSRLOC(*WINDOW &ROW2 &COL2)
S1NAME2 S1NAME3
35A 35A
7 7 8 B 8 10 B 11 B 11 12 B 12 13 B 13 14 B 14 O 14 O 15 16
S1ADD1
50A
S1ADD2 S1ADD3 S1ZIPCODE S1CITYNAME S1COUNTRYN
50A 50A 15A 33A 33A
S1SSN1 S1SSN2 S1PHONE S1MESSAGE
17 9Y 0B 17 18 9Y 0B 18 19 10Y 0B 19 75A O 22 23 23
SD
R CIT002U2 20040305 150317
JRC
ROW2
3S 0H
229
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A COL2 3S 0H 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 5 S2TPID S2STATUS 25 55 S2STATNAME S2NAME1 26 56 S2NAME2 S2NAME3 35A 35A 8 8 9 B 9 11 B 12 O 12 13 O 13 14 O 14 15 O 15 O 15 16 O 16 O 16 18 18 S2SSN1 S2CHGSTAMP S2SSN2 S2CHGUSER 19 9Y 0B 19 26A 19 O 19 20 9Y 0B 20 20 O 20 10A 35A O B 6 7 7 7Y 0O 1A B 6 6 6 6 3'CIT002U2' COLOR(WHT) 33'Citizen Central' COLOR(WHT) 71DATE EDTCDE(Y) COLOR(WHT) 3USER COLOR(WHT) 27'Mass Appraisal Systems, Inc.' 71TIME COLOR(WHT) 35'* Update *' 3'Citizen Name' COLOR(BLU) 4'Citizen ID . . . :' 25EDTCDE(Z) 41'Status :' 51 DSPATR(PC) DSPATR(RI) CHANGE(77) 54 4'Name 1 . . . . . :' 25 DSPATR(PC) DSPATR(RI) CHANGE(77) 4'Name 2 . . . . . :' 25CHANGE(77) 4'Name 3 . . . . . :' 25CHANGE(77) 3'Default Address Information' COLOR(BLU) 4'Address Line 1 . :' 25 4'Address Line 2 . :' 25 4'Address Line 3 . :' 25 4'Zip Code . . . . :' 25 42 4'Last Changed . . :' 25 42 3'Additional Information' COLOR(BLU) 40'Last Changed:' COLOR(BLU) 4'Social Security 1 :' 25EDTCDE(Z) CHANGE(77) 41'Date . :' 51 4'Social Security 2 :' 25EDTCDE(Z) CHANGE(77) 41'User . :' 51
S2ADD1 S2ADD2 S2ADD3 S2ZIPCODE S2CITYNAME S2LADDCHG S2COUNTRYN
50A 50A 50A 15A 33A 10A 33A
10A
230
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A A A A A A 20 A 20 A A*%%TS A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 26 A 56 A A A A A A A A A A 27 A 57 A A A A A A A A 28 A 58 A A A A A A S2PHONE S2MESSAGE 21 4'Telephone . . . . :' 10Y 0B 21 25EDTCDE(Z) CHANGE(77) 75A O 22 3COLOR(WHT) 23 3'Enter=Accept' COLOR(BLU) 23 18'F12=Cancel' COLOR(BLU) 23 31'F20=Address Maintenance' COLOR(BLU) JRC 3S 0H 3S 0H 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 5 S3NAME1 35A B 6 6 3'CIT002U3' COLOR(WHT) 33'Citizen Central' COLOR(WHT) 71DATE EDTCDE(Y) COLOR(WHT) 3USER COLOR(WHT) 27'Mass Appraisal Systems, Inc.' 71TIME COLOR(WHT) 35'* Copy *' 3'Citizen Name' COLOR(BLU) 4'Name 1 . . . . . :' 25 DSPATR(PC) DSPATR(RI) CHANGE(77) 4'Name 2 . . . . . :' 25CHANGE(77) 4'Name 3 . . . . . :' 25CHANGE(77) 3'Default Address Information' COLOR(BLU) 4'Address Line 1 . :' 25 DSPATR(PC) DSPATR(RI) CHANGE(77) 4'Address Line 2 . :' 25CHANGE(77) 4'Address Line 3 . :' 25CHANGE(77) 4'Zip Code (F4) . . :' 25 DSPATR(PC) DSPATR(RI) CHANGE(77) 42 42 3'Additional Information' COLOR(BLU) 4'Social Security 1 :' REL-V5R1M0 5722-WDS CF04 RTNCSRLOC(*WINDOW &ROW3 &COL3)
SD
R CIT002U3 20040303 135544 ROW3 COL3
S3NAME2 S3NAME3
35A 35A
7 7 8 B 8 10 B 11 B 11
S3ADD1
50A
S3ADD2 S3ADD3 S3ZIPCODE
50A 50A 15A
12 B 12 13 B 13 14 B 14
S3CITYNAME S3COUNTRYN
33A 33A
O 14 O 15 16 17
231
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A*%%TS A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A S3SSN1 S3SSN2 S3PHONE S3MESSAGE 9Y 0B 17 25EDTCDE(Z) CHANGE(77) 18 4'Social Security 2 :' 9Y 0B 18 25EDTCDE(Z) CHANGE(77) 19 4'Telephone . . . . :' 10Y 0B 19 25EDTCDE(Z) CHANGE(77) 75A O 22 3COLOR(WHT) 23 3'Enter=Accept' COLOR(BLU) 23 18'F12=Cancel' COLOR(BLU) JRC 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 5 S4TPID S4STATUS S4STATNAME S4NAME1 S4NAME2 S4NAME3 7Y 0O 1A 10A 35A 35A 35A O O O O O 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 11 REL-V5R1M0 5722-WDS CF23 3'CIT002U4' COLOR(WHT) 33'Citizen Central' COLOR(WHT) 71DATE EDTCDE(Y) COLOR(WHT) 3USER COLOR(WHT) 27'Mass Appraisal Systems, Inc.' 71TIME COLOR(WHT) 35'* Delete *' 3'Citizen Name' COLOR(BLU) 4'Citizen ID . . . :' 25EDTCDE(Z) 41'Status :' 51 54 4'Name 1 . . . . . :' 25 4'Name 2 . . . . . :' 25 4'Name 3 . . . . . :' 25 3'Default Address Information' COLOR(BLU) 4'Address Line 1 . :' 25 4'Address Line 2 . :' 25 4'Address Line 3 . :' 25 4'Zip Code . . . . :' 25 42 4'Last Changed . . :' 25 42 3'Additional Information' COLOR(BLU) 40'Last Changed:' COLOR(BLU) 4'Social Security 1 :'
SD
R CIT002U4 20040305 150317
50A 50A 50A 15A 33A 10A 33A
12 O 12 13 O 13 14 O 14 15 O 15 O 15 16 O 16 O 16 18 18 19
232
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A*%%TS A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A S4SSN1 S4CHGSTAMP S4SSN2 S4CHGUSER S4PHONE 9Y 0O 19 19 26A O 19 20 9Y 0O 20 20 10A O 20 21 10Y 0O 21 23 25EDTCDE(Z) 41'Date . :' 51 4'Social Security 2 :' 25EDTCDE(Z) 41'User . :' 51 4'Telephone . . . . :' 25EDTCDE(Z) 3'F12=Cancel' COLOR(BLU) 23 16'F23=Delete' COLOR(BLU) REL-V5R1M0 5722-WDS CF04 RTNCSRLOC(*WINDOW &ROW5 &COL5) 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 5 S5TPID S5STATUS S5STATNAME S5NAME1 S5NAME2 S5NAME3 7Y 0O 1A 10A 35A 35A 35A O O O O O 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 11 3'CIT002U5' COLOR(WHT) 33'Citizen Central' COLOR(WHT) 71DATE EDTCDE(Y) COLOR(WHT) 3USER COLOR(WHT) 27'Mass Appraisal Systems, Inc.' 71TIME COLOR(WHT) 35'* Display *' 3'Citizen Name' COLOR(BLU) 4'Citizen ID . . . :' 25EDTCDE(Z) 41'Status :' 51 54 4'Name 1 . . . . . :' 25 4'Name 2 . . . . . :' 25 4'Name 3 . . . . . :' 25 3'Default Address Information' COLOR(BLU) 4'Address Line 1 . :' 25 4'Address Line 2 . :' 25 4'Address Line 3 . :' 25 4'Zip Code . . . . :' 25 42 4'Last Changed . . :' 25 42 3'Additional Information' COLOR(BLU)
SD
R CIT002U5 20040305 150317 ROW5 COL5
JRC 3S 0H 3S 0H
50A 50A 50A 15A 33A 10A 33A
12 O 12 13 O 13 14 O 14 15 O 15 O 15 16 O 16 O 16 18
233
RPG-ILE LABS A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A _ CIT002U.RPG * H-Specs h nomain /copy masisuite/qrpglesrc,cp_hspecs /copy rpgnextlib/qrpglesrc,cp_hspecs * File Specs fcit002fm cf e workstn infds(wsds) usropn 18 40'Last Changed:' COLOR(BLU) 19 4'Social Security 1 :' 19 25EDTCDE(Z) 19 41'Date . :' 19 51 20 4'Social Security 2 :' 20 25EDTCDE(Z) 20 41'User . :' 20 51 21 4'Telephone . . . . :' 21 25EDTCDE(Z) 23 3'F12=Cancel' COLOR(BLU) 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 7 9 10 23 3'CIT002ERR' COLOR(WHT) 33'Citizen Central' COLOR(WHT) 71DATE EDTCDE(Y) COLOR(WHT) 3USER COLOR(WHT) 27'Mass Appraisal Systems, Inc.' 71TIME COLOR(WHT) 35'* Error *' 31'** NOT AUTHORIZED **' COLOR(WHT) 10'You do not have appropriate authority for this function.' 10'Please contact your application administrator for assistance.' 3'F12=Cancel' COLOR(BLU)
S5SSN1 S5CHGSTAMP S5SSN2 S5CHGUSER S5PHONE R CIT002ERR
9Y 0O 26A O
9Y 0O 10A O
10Y 0O
* Prototypes /copy rpgnextlib/qrpglesrc,cp_longprs /copy masisuite/qrpglesrc,cp_masiprs d clearScreenInd d getRecord d tpid pr pr 7s 0 const 7s 0 1a const options( *omit ) 2a const options( *omit )
d insert_citizen... d pr d status d class
234
RPG-ILE LABS d d d d d d d d d name1 name2 name3 socsec1 socsec2 email1 email2 telephone dlNumber 35a const 35a const options( *omit ) 35a const options( *omit ) 9s 0 const options( *omit ) 9s 0 const options( *omit ) 256a varying const options( *omit ) 256a varying const options( *omit ) 10s 0 const options( *omit ) 25a varying const options( *omit )
* Arrays and Data Structures /copy masisuite/qrpglesrc,funckeys d PSDS d userName d cit500ap d cit500ap_ins d indPtr d indicators d dspF20 d statPC d namePC d add1PC d zipPC d statRI d nameRI d add1RI d zipRI d recordChanged d notAuthMessage d d sds 358 e ds e ds s ds * 99 n n n n n n n n n n 367 extname(CIT500AP) prefix(c_) extname(CIT500AP) prefix(i_) inz( %addr(*in) ) based( indPtr ) overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators
: : : : : : : : : :
20 25 26 27 28 55 56 57 58 77
) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )
like( s1Message ) inz( 'You are not authorized + to that option.') 32000a varying like( c_TPID )
* Global variables for SQL d sqlStatement s d SQL_tpid s
* Constants /copy rpgnextlib/qrpglesrc,cp_const *-----------------------------------------------------------------* Update Screen *-----------------------------------------------------------------p citizen_change b export d citizen_change pi d tpid 7s 0 const d d d d d d d d citAddrs addrCount complete error zipChanged oldZipCode cityState sequence s s s s s s s s 100a varying dim(999) 5i 0 inz n inz( *off ) n inz( *off ) n inz( *off ) like( s2zipCode ) 50a varying inz 2s 0 inz(01)
/free if not %open( cit002fm );
235
RPG-ILE LABS open cit002fm ; endif ; // Confirm authority if not check_auth( 'CIT500AP' : '2' ); exfmt cit002err ; else ; getRecord( tpid ); if sqlstt <> '02000' ; s2tpid = c_TPID ; s2status = c_STATUS ; s2statname = getStatusName( s2status ); s2name1 = c_NAME1 ; s2name2 = c_NAME2 ; s2name3 = c_NAME3 ; s2ssn1 = c_SOCSEC1 ; s2ssn2 = c_SOCSEC2 ; s2phone = c_TELEPHONE ; s2chgstamp = %char( c_CHGSTAMP ); s2chguser = c_CHGUSER ; namePC = true ; dow not complete ; dspF20 = check_auth( 'CIT501AP' : 'POPUP' ); addrCount = getTokens( getCitizenAddressString( tpid : true : *OMIT : '|' ) : %addr( citAddrs ) : '|' ); s2add1 = citAddrs( 1 ); s2add2 = citAddrs( 2 ); s2add3 = citAddrs( 3 ); s2zipcode = citAddrs( 4 ); cityState = zips_getCity( s2zipcode : true ); if %len( cityState ) > 33 ; s2cityname = %subst( cityState : 1 : 30 ) + '...' ; else ; s2cityname = cityState ; endif ; s2countryn = getCountryName( zips_getCountry( s2zipcode ) ); exfmt cit002u2 ; clear s2message ; clearScreenInd(); if functionKey = F12 ; complete = true ; leave ; elseif functionKey = F20 ; if not dspF20 ; s2message = notAuthMessage ; else ; citizen_address_entry( c_TPID ) ; endif ; elseif functionKey = Enter and recordChanged = true ;
236
RPG-ILE LABS // Field level editing error = false ; clear s2message ; // Status Code if getStatusName( s2status ) = *blanks ; s2message = 'Invalid Status' ; statPC = true ; statRI = true ; error = true ; endif ; // Name if not error ; if s2name1 = *blanks ; s2message = 'Name cannot be blank' ; namePC = true ; nameRI = true ; error = true ; endif ; endif ; if not error ; clear sqlStatement ; if c_STATUS <> s2status ; if %len( sqlStatement ) > 0 ; sqlStatement = sqlStatement + ', ' ; endif ; sqlStatement = sqlStatement + 'status = ' + singleQuote + %trim( s2status ) + singleQuote ; endif ; if c_NAME1 <> s2name1 ; if %len( sqlStatement ) > 0 ; sqlStatement = sqlStatement + ', ' ; endif ; sqlStatement = sqlStatement + 'name1 = ' + singleQuote + %trim( s2name1 ) + singleQuote ; endif ; if c_NAME2 <> s2name2 ; if %len( sqlStatement ) > 0 ; sqlStatement = sqlStatement + ', ' ; endif ; sqlStatement = sqlStatement + 'name2 = ' + singleQuote + %trim( s2name2 ) + singleQuote ; endif ; if c_NAME3 <> s2name3 ; if %len( sqlStatement ) > 0 ; sqlStatement = sqlStatement + ', ' ; endif ; sqlStatement = sqlStatement + 'name3 = ' + singleQuote + %trim( s2name3 ) + singleQuote ; endif ;
237
RPG-ILE LABS if c_SOCSEC1 <> s2ssn1 ; if %len( sqlStatement ) > 0 ; sqlStatement = sqlStatement + ', ' ; endif ; sqlStatement = sqlStatement + 'socsec1 = ' + %char( s2ssn1 ); endif ; if c_SOCSEC2 <> s2ssn2 ; if %len( sqlStatement ) > 0 ; sqlStatement = sqlStatement + ', ' ; endif ; sqlStatement = sqlStatement + 'socsec2 = ' + %char( s2ssn2 ); endif ; if c_TELEPHONE <> s2phone ; if %len( sqlStatement ) > 0 ; sqlStatement = sqlStatement + ', ' ; endif ; sqlStatement = sqlStatement + 'telephone = ' + %char( s2phone ); endif ; // // // if %len( sqlStatement ) > 0 ; sqlStatement = sqlStatement + 'laddchange = ' + singleQuote + getDateStrISO() + singleQuote ; sqlStatement = sqlStatement + ', chgstamp = ' + singleQuote + %char( %timestamp() ) + singleQuote ; sqlStatement = sqlStatement + ', chguser = ' + singleQuote + %trim( userName ) + singleQuote ; // This seems out of order but is not: do not re-order // these sqlStatement builds, the sets must come first // in order to test for any changes sqlStatement = 'Update cit500ap set ' + sqlStatement ; sqlStatement = sqlStatement + ' where tpid = ' + %char( tpid ) ; /end-free c/exec sql c+ c/end-exec /free execute immediate :sqlStatement endif ; endif ;
else ; namePC = true ; endif ; enddo ; endif ; endif ; if %open( cit002fm );
238
RPG-ILE LABS close cit002fm ; endif ; /end-free p citizen_change e
*-----------------------------------------------------------------* Copy Screen *-----------------------------------------------------------------p citizen_copy b export d citizen_copy pi d tpid 7s 0 const d d d d d d d d d d citAddrs addrCount complete error zipChanged oldZipCode cityState newID sequence newZip s s s s s s s s s s 100a varying dim(999) 5i 0 inz n inz( *off ) n inz( *off ) n inz( *off ) like( s3zipCode ) 50a varying inz like( c_TPID ) inz 2s 0 inz(01) like( s3zipcode )
/free // Confirm authority if not %open( cit002fm ); open cit002fm ; endif ; if not check_auth( 'CIT500AP' : '3' ); exfmt cit002err ; else ; getRecord( tpid ); if sqlstt s3name1 s3name2 s3name3 <> '02000' ; = c_NAME1 ; = c_NAME2 ; = c_NAME3 ;
addrCount = getTokens( getCitizenAddressString( tpid : true : *OMIT : '|' ) : %addr( citAddrs ) : '|' ); s3add1 = citAddrs( 1 ); s3add2 = citAddrs( 2 ); s3add3 = citAddrs( 3 ); s3zipcode = citAddrs( 4 ); s3ssn1 = c_SOCSEC1 ; s3ssn2 = c_SOCSEC2 ; s3phone = c_TELEPHONE ; namePC = true ; dow not complete ; cityState = zips_getCity( s3zipcode : true ); if %len( cityState ) > 33 ;
239
RPG-ILE LABS s3cityname = %subst( cityState : 1 : 30 ) + '...' ; else ; s3cityname = cityState ; endif ; s3countryn = getCountryName( zips_getCountry( s3zipcode ) ); exfmt cit002u3 ; clear s3message ; clearScreenInd(); if functionKey = F12 ; complete = true ; leave ; elseif functionKey = F4 and row3 = 14 and inNumRange( col3 : 25 : 39 ) and check_auth( 'LOC520AP' : 'POPUP' ); newZip = zipCodePopup(); if newZip <> ' ' ; s3zipcode = newZip ; endif ; zipPC = true ; elseif functionKey = Enter ; // Field level editing error = false ; clear s3message ; // Name if not error ; if s3name1 = *blanks ; s3message = 'Name cannot be blank' ; namePC = true ; nameRI = true ; error = true ; endif ; endif ; // Address if not error ; if s3add1 = *blanks ; s3message = 'Address cannot be blank' ; add1PC = true ; add1RI = true ; error = true ; endif ; endif ; // Zipcode if not error ; if s3zipcode = *blanks ; s3message = 'Zipcode cannot be blank' ; zipPC = true ; zipRI = true ; error = true ; else ; s3zipcode = %triml( s3zipcode ); if not isZipOnFile( s3zipCode ); s3message = 'Invalid Zipcode' ; zipPC = true ; zipRI = true ;
240
RPG-ILE LABS error = true ; endif ; endif ; endif ; if not error ; newID = insert_citizen( *omit : *omit : %triml( s3name1 ) : %triml( s3name2 ) : %triml( s3name3 ) : s3ssn1 : s3ssn2 : *omit : *omit : s3phone : *omit ); insert_citizen_address( newID : %date() %triml( %triml( %triml( %triml( ' ' ); complete = true ; zipChanged = false ; endif ; else ; namePC = true ; endif ; enddo ; endif ; endif ; if %open( cit002fm ); close cit002fm ; endif ; /end-free p citizen_copy e : s3add1 ) : s3add2 ) : s3add3 ) : s3zipcode ) :
*-----------------------------------------------------------------* Delete Screen *-----------------------------------------------------------------p citizen_delete b export d citizen_delete pi d tpid 7s 0 const d d d d citAddrs addrCount complete cityState s s s s 100a varying dim(999) 5i 0 inz n inz( *off ) 50a varying inz
241
RPG-ILE LABS d sequence s 2s 0 inz(01)
/free if not %open( cit002fm ); open cit002fm ; endif ; // Confirm authority if not check_auth( 'CIT500AP' : '4' ); exfmt cit002err ; else ; getRecord( tpid ); if sqlstt <> '02000' ; s4tpid = c_TPID ; s4status = c_STATUS ; s4statname = getStatusName( s5status ); s4name1 = c_NAME1 ; s4name2 = c_NAME2 ; s4name3 = c_NAME3 ; addrCount = getTokens( getCitizenAddressString( tpid : true : *OMIT : '|' ) : %addr( citAddrs ) : '|' ); s4add1 = citAddrs( 1 ); s4add2 = citAddrs( 2 ); s4add3 = citAddrs( 3 ); s4zipcode = citAddrs( 4 ); cityState = zips_getCity( s4zipcode : true ); if %len( cityState ) > 33 ; s4cityname = %subst( cityState : 1 : 30 ) + '...' ; else ; s4cityname = cityState ; endif ; s4countryn = getCountryName( zips_getCountry( s4zipcode ) ); s4ssn1 = c_SOCSEC1 ; s4ssn2 = c_SOCSEC2 ; s4phone = c_TELEPHONE ; s4chgstamp = %char( c_CHGSTAMP ); s4chguser = c_CHGUSER ; dow not complete ; exfmt cit002u4 ; if functionKey = F12 or functionKey = Enter ; complete = *on ; leave ; elseif functionKey = F23 ; /end-free c/exec sql c+ delete from cit500ap c+ where tpid = :c_TPID c/end-exec /free delete_citizen_address( tpid ); complete = *on ; leave ;
242
RPG-ILE LABS endif ; enddo ; endif ; endif ; if %open( cit002fm ); close cit002fm ; endif ; /end-free p citizen_delete e
*-----------------------------------------------------------------* DisplayScreen *-----------------------------------------------------------------p citizen_display... p b export d citizen_display... d pi d tpid 7s 0 const d d d d d citAddrs addrCount complete cityState sequence s s s s s 100a varying dim(999) 5i 0 inz n inz( *off ) 50a varying inz 2s 0 inz(01)
/free // Confirm authority if not %open( cit002fm ); open cit002fm ; endif ; if not check_auth( 'CIT500AP' : '5' ); exfmt cit002err ; else ; getRecord( tpid ); if sqlstt <> '02000' ; s5tpid = c_TPID ; s5status = c_STATUS ; s5statname = getStatusName( s5status ); s5name1 = c_NAME1 ; s5name2 = c_NAME2 ; s5name3 = c_NAME3 ; addrCount = getTokens( getCitizenAddressString( tpid : true : *OMIT : '|' ) : %addr( citAddrs ) : '|' ); s5add1 = citAddrs( 1 ); s5add2 = citAddrs( 2 ); s5add3 = citAddrs( 3 ); s5zipcode = citAddrs( 4 ); cityState = zips_getCity( s5zipcode : true ); if %len( cityState ) > 33 ; s5cityname = %subst( cityState : 1 : 30 ) + '...' ;
243
RPG-ILE LABS else ; s5cityname = cityState ; endif ; s5countryn = getCountryName( zips_getCountry( s5zipcode ) ); s5ssn1 = c_SOCSEC1 ; s5ssn2 = c_SOCSEC2 ; s5phone = c_TELEPHONE ; s5chgstamp = %char( c_CHGSTAMP ); s5chguser = c_CHGUSER ; dow not complete ; exfmt cit002u5 ; if functionKey = F4 and row5 = 15 and inNumRange( col5 : 25 : 39 ); zips_display( s5zipcode ); elseif functionKey = F12 or functionKey = Enter ; complete = *on ; leave ; endif ; enddo ; endif ; endif ; if %open( cit002fm ); close cit002fm ; endif ; /end-free p citizen_display... p e *-----------------------------------------------------------------* AddScreen *-----------------------------------------------------------------p citizen_create b export d citizen_create pi 7s 0 d d d d d d newID complete error cityState sequence newZip s s s s s s n n 50a 2s 0 like( c_TPID ) inz inz( *off ) inz( *off ) varying inz inz(01) like( s1zipcode )
/free // Confirm authority if not %open( cit002fm ); open cit002fm ; endif ; if not check_auth( 'CIT500AP' : 'F6' ); exfmt cit002err ; else ; clear cit002u1 ;
244
RPG-ILE LABS dow not complete ; if s1zipcode <> ' ' ; cityState = zips_getCity( s1zipcode : true ); if %len( cityState ) > 33 ; s1cityname = %subst( cityState : 1 : 30 ) + '...' ; else ; s1cityname = cityState ; endif ; endif ; s1countryn = getCountryName( zips_getCountry( s1zipcode ) ); exfmt cit002u1 ; clear s1message ; clearScreenInd(); if functionKey = F12 ; complete = true ; leave ; elseif functionKey = F4 and row1 = 14 and inNumRange( col1 : 25 : 39 ) and check_auth( 'LOC520AP' : 'POPUP' ); newZip = zipCodePopup(); if newZip <> ' ' ; s1zipcode = newZip ; endif ; zipPC = true ; elseif functionKey = Enter ; // Field level editing error = false ; clear s1message ; // Name if s1name1 = *blanks ; s1message = 'Name cannot be blank' ; namePC = true ; nameRI = true ; error = true ; endif ; // Address if not error ; if s1add1 = *blanks ; s1message = 'Address cannot be blank' ; add1PC = true ; add1RI = true ; error = true ; endif ; endif ; // Zipcode if not error ; if s1zipcode = *blanks ; s1message = 'Zipcode cannot be blank' ; zipPC = true ; zipRI = true ; error = true ; else ;
245
RPG-ILE LABS s1zipcode = %triml( s1zipcode ); if not isZipOnFile( s1zipCode ); s1message = 'Invalid Zipcode' ; zipPC = true ; zipRI = true ; error = true ; endif ; endif ; endif ; if not error ; newID = insert_citizen( *omit : *omit : %triml( s1name1 ) : %triml( s1name2 ) : %triml( s1name3 ) : s1ssn1 : s1ssn2 : *omit : *omit : s1phone : *omit ); insert_citizen_address( newID : %date() %triml( %triml( %triml( %triml( 'Y' ); complete = *on ; endif ; endif ; enddo ; endif ; if %open( cit002fm ); close cit002fm ; endif ; return newID ; /end-free p citizen_create e : s1add1 ) : s1add2 ) : s1add3 ) : s1zipcode ) :
*-----------------------------------------------------------------* Get Owner name from TPID * * @parm ID - The TPID of the name. * @parm fields - Optional * Name returned based on this chart: * '1' = (Default) First name field only. * '2' = Second name field only. * '3' = Third name field only. * '12' = First and Second name fields. * '13' = First and Second name fields. * '23' = Second and Third name fields.
246
RPG-ILE LABS * '123'= All three name fields. * @parm delimitor - Optional * Denotes the character used to seperate the fields. * ' ' is the default if not sent. * *-----------------------------------------------------------------p getCitizenName b export d getCitizenName pi 135a varying d getID 7s 0 const d fields 3a const options( *nopass ) d delimitor 1a const options( *nopass ) d field d delim d name s s s 3a 1a 135a inz( '1' ) inz ( ' ' ) varying inz
/free if %parms() = 2 ; field = fields ; elseif %parms() = 3 ; field = fields ; delim = delimitor ; endif ; getRecord( getID ); if sqlstt <> '02000' ; if field = '1' ; name = %trim( c_NAME1 elseif field = '2' ; name = %trim( c_NAME2 elseif field = '3' ; name = %trim( c_NAME3 elseif field = '12' ; name = %trim( c_NAME1 elseif field = '13' ; name = %trim( c_NAME1 elseif field = '23' ; name = %trim( c_NAME2 elseif field = '123' ; name = %trim( c_NAME1 delim + %trim( endif ; endif ; return name ; /end-free p getCitizenName e
); ); ); ) + delim + %trim( c_NAME2 ) ; ) + delim + %trim( c_NAME3 ) ; ) + delim + %trim( c_NAME3 ) ; ) + delim + %trim( c_NAME2 ) + c_NAME3 ) ;
*-----------------------------------------------------------------* Proc for getting the status name *-----------------------------------------------------------------p getStatusName b export d getStatusName pi 10a d statusCode 1a const d name s 10a
/free if statusCode = 'A' ;
247
RPG-ILE LABS name = 'ACTIVE' ; elseif statusCode = 'I' ; name = 'INACTIVE' ; endif ; return name ; /end-free p getStatusName e
*-----------------------------------------------------------------* Private proc for clearing the screen indicators *-----------------------------------------------------------------p clearScreenInd b d clearScreenInd pi /free statPC namePC add1PC zipPC statRI nameRI add1RI zipRI = = = = = = = = false false false false false false false false ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
return ; /end-free p clearScreenInd e
*-----------------------------------------------------------------* Private proc for populating the cit500ap data structure *-----------------------------------------------------------------p getRecord b d getRecord d tpid pi 7s 0 const
/free clear cit500ap ; SQL_tpid = tpid ; /end-free c/exec sql c+ select * c+ into :cit500ap c+ from cit500ap c+ where tpid = :SQL_tpid c/end-exec /free return ; /end-free p getRecord e *-----------------------------------------------------------------* Insert New Citizen *-----------------------------------------------------------------p insert_citizen... p b d insert_citizen... d pi 7s 0 d status 1a const options( *omit )
248
RPG-ILE LABS d d d d d d d d d d class name1 name2 name3 socsec1 socsec2 email1 email2 telephone dlNumber 2a const options( *omit ) 35a const 35a const options( *omit ) 35a const options( *omit ) 9s 0 const options( *omit ) 9s 0 const options( *omit ) 256a varying const options( *omit ) 256a varying const options( *omit ) 10s 0 const options( *omit ) 25a varying const options( *omit )
/free clear cit500ap_ins ; /end-free c/exec sql c+ select max(tpid) c+ into :i_tpid c+ from cit500ap c+ group by tpid c/end-exec /free i_tpid = i_tpid + 1 ; if %addr( status ) = *NULL ; i_status = 'A' ; elseif status <> 'A' or status = 'I' ; i_status = 'A' ; else ; i_status = status ; endif ; if %addr( class ) <> *NULL ; i_code = class ; endif ; i_name1 = name1 ; if %addr( name2 ) <> *NULL ; i_name2 = name2 ; endif ; if %addr( name3 ) <> *NULL ; i_name3 = name3 ; endif ; if %addr( socsec1 ) <> *NULL ; i_socsec1 = socsec1 ; endif ; if %addr( socsec2 ) <> *NULL ; i_socsec2 = socsec2 ; endif ; if %addr( email1 ) <> *NULL ; i_email1 = email1 ; endif ; if %addr( email2 ) <> *NULL ; i_email2 = email2 ; endif ; if %addr( telephone ) <> *NULL ; i_telephone = telephone ; endif ; if %addr( dlNumber ) <> *NULL ; i_dlNumber = dlnumber ; endif ;
249
RPG-ILE LABS i_chgstamp = %timestamp(); /end-free c/exec sql c+ insert into cit500ap c+ ( tpid , c+ status, c+ code, c+ name1, c+ name2, c+ name3, c+ socsec1, c+ socsec2, c+ email1, c+ email2, c+ telephone, c+ dlnumber, c+ chgstamp, c+ chguser ) c+ values( :i_tpid, c+ :i_status, c+ :i_code, c+ :i_name1, c+ :i_name2, c+ :i_name3, c+ :i_socsec1, c+ :i_socsec2, c+ :i_email1, c+ :i_email2, c+ :i_telephone, c+ :i_dlnumber, c+ :i_chgstamp, c+ :userName ) c/end-exec /free return i_tpid ; /end-free p insert_citizen... p e
Author: Joel Cochran Written: 2003-11-10 Indicator Naming and Usage -------------------------*IN() Indicators are not to be used for any non-display reasons. Always use named indicators or BIFs such as %eof() and %found() to indicate file status. For displays, all *IN() indicators should be named like so: d indPtr d indicators d dspF6 d dspF9 d dspOpt2 d dspOpt3 d dspOpt4 s ds 99 * n n n n n inz( %addr(*in) ) based( indPtr ) overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators
: : : : :
6 ) 9 ) 32 ) 33 ) 34 )
250
RPG-ILE LABS d d d d d dspOpt5 status1on status2on status3on posCursor n n n n n overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators : : : : : 35 40 41 42 50 ) ) ) ) )
Never use *INKx indicators for funciton keys. hex map should be copied in like so: /copy masisuite/qrpglesrc,funckeys
The function key
This contains mappings for all the function keys as well as Enter, Rollup, Rolldown, etc., as well as the correct definition for the "functionKey" variable. To use these hex codes you must include "infds(wsds)" on the display file spec: floc001fm cf e workstn infds(wsds)
Now a simple test is all that is required: /free if functionKey = F3 ; ... /end-free The following standard should be employed whenever possible for application development consistency: - Function Key display indicators numbers 1-24 - Cursor Position indicators numbers 25-30 - Option display indicators numbers 31-50 - Miscellaneous display indicators 51-75 - Field value change indicators numbers 76-84 - Subfile indicators numbers 85-95 with the following standards: 85 - SFLEND N85 - ROLLUP 90 - SFLDSPCTL N90 - SFLCLR 95 - SFLDSP - Reserved for future use: 96-99 A complete *IN() datastructure example: d indPtr s * d indicators ds 99 d dspF1 n d dspF2 n d dspF3 n d dspF4 n d dspF5 n d dspF6 n d dspF7 n d dspF8 n d dspF9 n d dspF10 n d dspF11 n d dspF12 n d dspF13 n d dspF14 n d dspF15 n d dspF16 n d dspF17 n d dspF18 n inz( %addr(*in) ) based( indPtr ) overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators overlay( indicators
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
1 ) 2 ) 3 ) 4 ) 5 ) 6 ) 7 ) 8 ) 9 ) 10 ) 11 ) 12 ) 13 ) 14 ) 15 ) 16 ) 17 ) 18 )
251
RPG-ILE LABS d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d dspF19 dspF20 dspF21 dspF22 dspF23 dspF24 posField1 posField2 posField3 posField4 posField5 posField6 dspOpt1 dspOpt2 dspOpt3 dspOpt4 dspOpt5 dspOpt6 dspOpt7 dspOpt8 dspOpt9 dspOpt10 dspOpt11 dspOpt12 dspOpt13 dspOpt14 dspOpt15 dspOpt16 dspOpt17 dspOpt18 dspOpt19 dspOpt20 misc1 misc2 misc3 misc4 misc5 misc6 misc7 misc8 misc9 misc10 misc11 misc12 misc13 misc14 misc15 misc16 misc17 misc18 misc19 misc20 misc21 misc22 misc23 misc24 misc25 change1 change2 change3 change4 n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )
252
RPG-ILE LABS d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d change5 change6 change7 change8 change9 subEndMore subDsp1 subDsp2 subDsp3 subDsp4 sflDisplayCtl subDsp5 subDsp6 subDsp7 subDsp8 sflDisplay reserved1 reserved2 reserved3 reserved4 n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )
SFL_TEMP.RPG
* H-Specs * I use /copy for my h-specs, so below is just an axample of * copying in the h-specs. You can do the same or simply add * by hand. /copy yourlib/qrpglesrc,cp_hspecs * The RPGNEXTLIB h-specs, includes the correct BNDDIR statements * for using the RPGNEXT library functions. /copy rpgnextlib/qrpglesrc,cp_hspecs * File Specs fDSPFNAME cf f e workstn infds(wsds) sfile(subfile1:rrn1)
* Prototypes * The prototypes for the RPGNEXT library procedures. /copy rpgnextlib/qrpglesrc,cp_longprs d d d d d d d d init keyPressed clearSub1 loadSub1 processOption declare setOptions shutDown pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pi n
d PGMNAME d PGMNAME
* Arrays and Data Structures * I use Bob Cozzi's function key file (which he has published * numerous times) to copy in the function key names and * corresponding hex codes as constants. /copy yourlib/qrpglesrc,funckeys
253
RPG-ILE LABS d mainDS d * Indicators d indPtr d indicators d d d d d d d * Option Displays optF6 opt2 opt3 opt4 opt5 * Position Cursor posPC * Position Reverse Image posRI e ds extname( MAINFILE ) prefix( m_ )
s ds
* 99 n n n n n n n
inz( %addr(*in) ) based( indPtr ) overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( overlay( indicators indicators indicators indicators indicators : : : : : 6 ) 32 ) 33 ) 34 ) 35 )
overlay( indicators : 50 ) overlay( indicators : 51 )
* These change indicators are used to indicate that subfile * position selection/order fields have been changed d change1 n overlay( indicators : 77 ) d change2 n overlay( indicators : 78 ) d change3 n overlay( indicators : 79 ) d d d * Standard Subfile Indicators sflEndMore sflDisplayCtl sflDisplay * Standalone Fields sflComplete s sqlStatement s saveRrn s mainStatement s n n n overlay( indicators : 85 ) overlay( indicators : 90 ) overlay( indicators : 95 )
d d d d
n 32000a
inz(*off) varying like( rcdnbr ) like( sqlStatement )
* Constants * This /copy brings in some constants, including true and false. /copy rpgnextlib/qrpglesrc,cp_const // uncomment this!!! d*sflSize c const(SFLSIZE) * Main Line /free init(); clearSub1(); loadSub1(); dow not sflComplete ; write FOOTERNAME ; exfmt control1 ; posCursor = false ; if not keyPressed(); processOption(); endif ; enddo ; shutdown();
254
RPG-ILE LABS *inlr = true ; /end-free *-------------------------------------------------------------------p init b d init pi /free // Use this to set the initial cursor position. posPC = true ; /end-free p init e *-------------------------------------------------------------------p declare b d declare pi c/exec SQL c+ declare mainCursor Cursor c+ for mainSelect c/end-exec c/exec sql c+ prepare mainSelect c+ from :mainStatement c/end-exec p declare e
*---------------------------------------------------------------* subproc for clearing subfile 1 *---------------------------------------------------------------p clearSub1 b d clearSub1 pi /free sflDisplayCtl = false ; write control1 ; sflDisplayCtl = true ; sflDisplay = false ; sflEndMore = false ; clear rrn1 ; clear saveRrn ; // Example positional and order changes // These are just samples, but I believe the field names // roughly match the sample DSPF. At any rate, if the // user changes the value of one of the selection fields, // the change indicator assigned to changes to true and // the program will clear and rebuild the subfile. if change1 = true ; mainStatement = 'Select * from cam500ap where TPID >= ' + %trim( %editc(CTL1ID:'Z') ) + ' order by TPID ' + 'for read only ' + 'optimize for ' + %char(sflSize) + ' rows' ; elseif change2 = true ; mainStatement = 'Select * from cam500ap where ' + 'SOCSEC1 = ' + %trim( %editc(CTL1ID:'Z') ) + 'or SOCSEC2 = ' + %trim( %editc(CTL1ID:'Z') ) + ' order by TPID ' + 'for read only ' +
255
RPG-ILE LABS 'optimize for ' + %char(sflSize) + ' rows' ; elseif CTL1NAME <> ' ' ; mainStatement = 'Select * from cam500ap where NAME1 >= ' + singleQuote + %trim( CTL1NAME ) + singleQuote + ' order by NAME1 ' + 'for read only ' + 'optimize for ' + %char(sflSize) + ' rows' ; else ; mainStatement = 'Select * from cam500ap order by NAME1 ' + 'for read only ' + 'optimize for ' + %char(sflSize) + ' rows' ; endif ; // makes sure the mainCursor is not already open shutdown(); declare(); /end-free c/exec sql c+ open mainCursor c/end-exec p clearSub1 e
*---------------------------------------------------------------* subproc for loading subfile 1 *---------------------------------------------------------------p loadSub1 b d loadSub1 pi d i /free setOptions(); sflDisplay = false ; // Can I read this from the DSPF somehow??? // This is the only change I would like to make: can I get the // display file itself to tell me what the SFLSIZE is? If so // I would not need to put it in as a constant. That way if you // change the subfile screen you don't have to remember to // change the constant in this program. for i=1 to sflSize ; /end-free c/exec SQL c+ fetch next from mainCursor into :mainDS c/end-exec /free if sqlstt = '00000' ; // fill in subfile field names // increment subfile RRN and turn display on rrn1 = rrn1 + 1 ; sflDisplay = true ; clear sub1opt ; write subfile1 ; else ; leave ; s 5i 0 inz(0)
256
RPG-ILE LABS endif ; endfor ; if i < sflSize ; sflEndMore = true ; endif ; // Position screen if saveRrn = 0 ; rcdnbr = 1 ; else ; rcdNbr = saveRrn ; endif ; saveRrn = rrn1 + 1 ; /end-free p loadSub1 e
*---------------------------------------------------------------* subproc for processing funciton keys * * Again, these funcitonKey names (and the variable "functionKey") * come from the /copy "funckeys" *---------------------------------------------------------------p keyPressed b d keyPressed pi n d isKey s n inz( *off )
/free if functionKey = F3 ; sflComplete = true ; isKey = true ; elseif functionKey = F5 ; clearSub1(); loadSub1(); posPC = true ; isKey = true ; elseif functionKey = F6 ; // Process add logic // ADDPROC() is what ever procedures or logic you want to // execute to add a record. if optF6 ; ADDPROC(); clearSub1(); loadSub1(); posPC = true ; endif ; isKey = true ; elseif functionKey = ROLLUP ; loadSub1(); isKey = true ; elseif nameChange = true or idChange = true or ssnChange = true ; clearSub1(); loadSub1(); isKey = true ;
257
RPG-ILE LABS endif ; return isKey ; /end-free p keyPressed e
*---------------------------------------------------------------* subproc for processing options * * If you want to add or delete options do so here. *---------------------------------------------------------------p processOption b d processOption pi d didOption d rebuild s s n n inz( *off ) inz( *off )
/free readc subfile1 ; dow not %eof( DSPFNAME ); reset didOption ; if sub1Opt = '2' ; // process change logic if opt2 ; // CHANGEPROC() is what ever procedures or logic you want to // execute to change the record. CHANGEPROC(); didOption = true ; endif ; elseif sub1Opt = '3' ; // process copy logic if opt3 ; // COPYPROC() is what ever procedures or logic you want to // execute to copy the record. COPYPROC(); didOption = true ; endif ; elseif sub1Opt = '4' ; // process delete logic if opt4 ; // DELETEPROC() is what ever procedures or logic you want to // execute to delete the record. DELETEPROC(); didOption = true ; // we rebuild the screen after a delete to prevent // the user from selecting a deleted item rebuild = true ; endif ; elseif sub1Opt = '5' ; // process display logic // DISPLAYPROC() is what ever procedures or logic you want to // execute to display the record. if opt5 ; DISPLAYPROC(); didOption = true ; endif ;
258
RPG-ILE LABS endif ; // position subfile cursor if didOption ; chain rrn1 subfile1 ; clear sub1opt ; update subfile1 ; rcdnbr = rrn1 ; endif ; readc subfile1 ; enddo ; if rebuild ; clearSub1(); loadSub1(); else ; rrn1 = saveRrn - 1 ; endif ; /end-free p processOption e *-------------------------------------------------------------------p setOptions b d setOptions pi /free opt2 = check_auth( '**NAME**' : '2' ); opt3 = check_auth( '**NAMES**' : '3' ); opt4 = check_auth( '**NAMES**' : '4' ); opt5 = check_auth( '**NAMES**' : '5' ); optF6 = check_auth( '**NAMES**' : 'F6' ); /end-free p setOptions e *-------------------------------------------------------------------p shutDown b d shutDown pi c/exec sql c+ close mainCursor c/end-exec p shutDown e
_SFL_TEMP.DSP
A
DSPSIZ(24 80 *DS3) A CF03 A R SUBFILE1 SFL A RRN1 4S 0H A SUB1OPT 1A B 12 4DSPATR(CS) A* ADD MORE SUBFILE FIELDS HERE... A A A 95 A 90 A N90 A N85 A 85 A A R CONTROL1 SFLCTL(SUBFILE1) OVERLAY SFLDSP SFLDSPCTL SFLCLR ROLLUP(25) SFLEND(*MORE) SFLSIZ(9999) SFLPAG(0010)
259
RPG-ILE LABS A RCDNBR 4S 0H SFLRCDNBR(CURSOR) A 1 3'**SCREENAME**' A COLOR(WHT) A 1 33'**PRODUCTNAME**' A COLOR(WHT) A 1 71DATE A EDTCDE(Y) A COLOR(WHT) A 2 3USER A COLOR(WHT) A 2 27'***COMPANY/SOFTWARE TITLE***' A 2 71TIME A COLOR(WHT) A* ADD SUBFILE POSITIONAL/SELECTION FIELDS HERE... A* EXAMPLE A* A* 5 3'Citizen Name . . . :' A* CTL1NAME 50A B 5 26CHANGE(77) A* 50 DSPATR(PC) A* 6 3'Citizen ID . . . . :' A* CTL1ID 10Y 0B 6 26EDTCDE(Z) A* CHANGE(78) A* 6 40'Social Security . :' A* CTL1SSN 9Y 0B 6 63EDTCDE(Z) A* CHANGE(79) A* END EXAMPLE A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 8 25 25 26 26 27 27 28 28 R FOOTER 23 29 29 CTLMESSAGE 75A 9 9 9 9 11 3'Select Option and Press Enter:' COLOR(BLU) 5'2=Change' COLOR(BLU) 16'3=Copy' COLOR(BLU) 25'4=Delete' COLOR(BLU) 36'5=Display' COLOR(BLU) 3'Opt' COLOR(WHT)
_ _
2'F3=Exit' COLOR(BLU) 23 12'F6=New' COLOR(BLU) 23 21'F8=Group' COLOR(BLU) 24 1COLOR(WHT)
260

B ILE Labs

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Descrição original:

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

B ILE Labs

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

RPG-ILE LABS

SERVICE PROGRAM BINDER LANGUAGE MISC POINTERS FREE MONITOR

KA and KB indicators ODP

ACTIVATION GROUP VALIDATION

SMALL UTILITY PROJECT (imp PROJECT

SIX DAYS BREAKUP

SMALL UTILITY PROJECTS ( Use ILE built in functions where possible. )

MySRC SamSRC SamSRC QDBHSRC MySRC EMOSRCDBF

Lib002 Lib003 Lib001 L4 GHOHUBSPH GHOHUBCPH

RPG - ILE LABS

RPG-ILE LABS C C* C A01 DSPLY EVAL *INLR = *ON

: Interactive Source Debugger

: to leave a Sub routine !

REMARKS : LeaveSR is to leave the currently executing SR.

LAB : For loop dn1 d d d d c c c c c s 4s 0 inz(0)

For dsply EndFOr Eval Return

n1= 10 DOWNTO 1 *inlr = *on

RPG-ILE LABS If n1 increments : c If n1 decrements : c For n1= 10 DOWNTO 1 by 2 For n1= 1 TO 10 by 2

in both cases the step size is 2.

Lab : H-SPECS H DATFMT(*YMD) DJSRDT1 C JSRDT1 C S DSPLY SETON D INZ(D'04/12/10') LR

DATFMT(*ISO-) INZ(D'1994-06-16') OVERLAY(DAT1:1) OVERLAY(DAT1:6) OVERLAY(DAT1:9)

8D inz(D'01/01/04') 8D 2s 0 inz(31) n:*days dt2 n:*days *inlr=*on dt2

ds 2s 0 1a 2s 0 1a 2s 0 8D inz(D'15/02/04') dt1 ds1

s movel dsply dsply dsply eval

DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY

SUBDUR DSPLY SETON

D INZ(D'10/12/04') D INZ(D'15/12/04') 3S 0 STARTDT DAYS:*D LR

ADDDUR DSPLY SETON

D INZ(D'10/12/04') D 3S 0 INZ(25) DAYS:*D ENDDT LR

RPG-ILE LABS C SETON LR

EXTRCT DSPLY EVAL

') ') DATA') ') ') DATA') : '

Lisiting if PFDATE : A A A A A A R BTIME CODE DATE1 DATE2 TIME1 TIME2 4S 0 L L T T

DATFMT(*DMY) DATFMT(*DMY) TIMFMT(*HMS) TIMFMT(*HMS)

DDIssue DDreturn DTIssue DTReturn

// dont use EVAL !

___ Display file output

A short cut method to set off all indicators is :

RPG-ILE LABS c c c Eval Eval Return *in(*) = *off *inlr = *on

RPG-ILE LABS C PFind_Difference E Return

DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY EVAL *INLR = *ON

STR LEN STR

DSPLY EVAL DSPLY EVAL DSPLY SETON

OUTPUT : TEST STRING %SIZE DSTR1 DN S S

14A INZ('TEST STRING') 4S 0 INZ(0)

RPG-ILE LABS C C C C STR1 N DSPLY EVAL DSPLY SETON N=%SIZE(STR1) LR

srcstr = 'x' Loc = %Scan(srcstr:String1:1) *inlr = *on

DISK 25 'one' ARR1 *ON

DIM(16) FROMFILE(PFDEL) PERRCD(1) VAR 25 35

FILE INFORMATION DATA STRUCTURE :

PFREC1D 0 PFREC *OFF NUMBER PFREC1D PFREC

'PARENT' NAME CODE

Number E IF E EIDSEXTDS 1 DS001 2 DS001 1 DS001

// data here is preserved.

CYNAM CYNAM CYNAM DCYNAM *INLR

temp Dta1 dta1

END1: end: Endpgm

RPG-ILE LABS LAB : Behavior of SETLL.

444546 bm src = 3000

R SFLDT DCODE DNAME DPRICE R SFLCTL 50 51 52

*in25 = *on *in25 = *Off

RPG-ILE LABS c c c c c c* c* c c c c* c* c* c c c* c c c c c c c* c c c* c* c* c c c* c c c c* c c c c c c c c c* c c c c c c c if Leave EndIf EndDo EndIf If Eval EndIf %EOF(lfbmk)

*in26 = *on *in26 = *Off

RPG-ILE LABS C C* C A01 DSPLY EVAL INLR = ON

n1= 10 DOWNTO 1 inlr = on

8D inz(D'01/01/04') 8D 2s 0 inz(31) n:days dt2 n:days inlr=on dt2

DATFMT(DMY) DATFMT(DMY) TIMFMT(HMS) TIMFMT(HMS)

RPG-ILE LABS c c c Eval Eval Return in() = off inlr = *on

DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY DSPLY EVAL INLR = ON

srcstr = 'x' Loc = %Scan(srcstr:String1:1) inlr = on

in25 = on in25 = Off

in26 = on in26 = Off

rrn = 0 in52 = on SflCtl in52 = off

in50 = in51 = SflCTL in51 = in50 =

on on off off

in52 = on SFLCTL in52 = off

drecptr = recptr in50=on in51=on SflCTL in50=off in51=off

in26=on in26=off RecPtr = RecPtr + 4 LDSR

ResetMDT = 1 in77=ON SFLDT in77=OFF

in50=on in51=on SFLCTL in50=off in51=off

in88 = on SFLCTL in88 = off

in50=on in51=on SFLCTL in50=off in51=off

in88 = on SFLCTL in88 = off

in62 = on SFLCTL2 in62 = off

in51=on in50=on SFLCTL1 in50=off in51=off

in61=on in60=on SFLCTL2 in60=off in61=off

Fn1(s1) Fn1(s2) Fn1(s3) inlr = on

OPTIONS(VARSIZE) Export OPTIONS(VARSIZE)